WO2023213132A1 - Network slicing-based communication method, communication apparatus, access network device, and terminal device - Google Patents

Network slicing-based communication method, communication apparatus, access network device, and terminal device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023213132A1
WO2023213132A1 PCT/CN2023/080118 CN2023080118W WO2023213132A1 WO 2023213132 A1 WO2023213132 A1 WO 2023213132A1 CN 2023080118 W CN2023080118 W CN 2023080118W WO 2023213132 A1 WO2023213132 A1 WO 2023213132A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network slice
network
information
terminal device
access
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/080118
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
孙海洋
朱方园
许胜锋
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023213132A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023213132A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00Communication routing or communication path finding
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00Communication routing or communication path finding
    • H04W40/02Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00Communication routing or communication path finding
    • H04W40/02Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing
    • H04W40/20Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing based on geographic position or location

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a network slicing communication method, communication device, access network equipment, and terminal equipment.
  • Network slicing uses slicing technology to virtualize multiple end-to-end networks based on a common hardware. Each network has different network functions and adapts to different types of service requirements. Network slicing technology allows operators to split multiple virtual networks on a hardware infrastructure, allocate resources on demand, and flexibly combine capabilities to meet the different needs of various services.
  • Existing network slices are deployed at Tracking Area (TA) granularity, and the existing network slices are updated slowly. With the emergence of diversified services, more flexible deployment of network slices is required. For example, network slices allow network slices to be deployed at a certain time. Segment use, for example, network slicing allows use in a certain location area. The service area of the network slice may match the existing TA, but it may also be different.
  • TA Tracking Area
  • This application provides a communication method, communication device, access network equipment and terminal equipment for network slicing, which can realize that when a network slice is deployed on the network side that limits the use time and/or use location, different network element devices can be configured in the network slice. communicate below.
  • a network slice communication method is provided (for example, refer to the method executed by PCF in Figure 13), including: the policy control function network element obtains network slice information (refer to the description of step S210), wherein, The network slice information includes identification information of the network slice, and the network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, where the first time indication information is used to indicate the The available time of the network slice, the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice, and the policy control function network element generates user routing policy information based on the information of the network slice (refer to the description of step S220); The policy control function network element sends the user routing policy information to the terminal device through the access and mobility management function network element (please refer to the description of step S230).
  • the network slice information includes identification information of the network slice
  • the network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, where the first time indication information is used to indicate the The available time of the network slice, the first location indication
  • the policy control function network element obtains the information of the network slice and generates user routing policy information according to the information of the network slice.
  • the information of the network slice includes the first time indication information and/or the third time indication information. A location indication information.
  • the policy control function network element sends the user routing policy information to the terminal device through the access and mobility management function network element.
  • the terminal device receives the user routing policy information, it can based on the user route.
  • the network slice is added based on the definition of the selection policy information (such as the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information). This enables flexible deployment of network slicing and the use of network slicing in specific areas at specific times.
  • the user routing policy information includes a first user routing policy rule
  • the first user routing policy rule includes identification information of the network slice, the The identification information of the application program of the network slice service.
  • the first user routing policy rule also includes the first time window and/or the first location range corresponding to the network slice.
  • the first time window is less than or equal to the first time indication.
  • the available time indicated by the information, the first location range is less than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information.
  • the first user routing policy rule associates the network slice and the application program of the network slice service through the identification information of the network slice and the identification information of the application program of the network slice service, and the terminal device is configured according to the first user routing policy rule.
  • a user routing policy rule when the terminal device uses the application, the terminal device chooses to apply for access to the network slice.
  • the first time window is less than or equal to the available time indicated by the first time indication information
  • the first location range is less than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information, thereby preventing the terminal device from being
  • the network delay and freeze caused by the instability of the network slice can improve the user experience.
  • the first user routing policy includes a first route selection descriptor, and the first route selection descriptor includes the first time window and/or the first location range.
  • the policy control function network element obtains network slicing information, including:
  • the policy control function network element receives information about the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or,
  • the policy control function network element receives the information of the network slice from the access and mobility management function network element; or,
  • the policy control function network element receives information from the unified data repository for the network slice.
  • policy control function network element can also perform other actions performed by the PCF in Figure 13, which will not be described again here.
  • a network slicing communication method including: access and mobility management function network elements obtain network slice information (please refer to steps S310 and S510 description), the network slice information includes identification information of the network slice, and the network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, where the first time indication information is In order to indicate the available time of the network slice, the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice;
  • the access and mobility management function network element processes the information of the network slice (please refer to the description of step S320).
  • the network element with access and mobility management functions obtains and processes the information of the network slice, which can improve the flexibility of the network side in processing the information of the network slice.
  • the access and mobility management function network element processes the information of the network slice, including: the access and mobility management function network element reports to the policy control function network element sends information about this network slice.
  • the access and mobility management function network element processes information of the network slice, including: the access and mobility management function network element processes information of the network slice according to The information generates local data network information (please refer to the description of step S320).
  • the local data network information includes the name of the local data network.
  • the local data network information also includes second time indication information and/or second location indication information.
  • the third The second time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the local data network, and the second location indication information is used to indicate the local data network.
  • the access and mobility management function network element sends the local data network information to the terminal device.
  • the access and mobility management function network element generates local data network information from the network slice information, and then sends the local data network information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can determine whether it can apply to join based on the current time and/or current location.
  • This local data network information has little impact on existing communication processes.
  • the second location indication information is used to indicate available cells and/or available tracking areas of the local data network.
  • the communication method further includes: the access and mobility management function network element sending the local data network corresponding to the network slice to the policy control function network element. Name (please refer to the description of step S340).
  • the communication method further includes: the access and mobility management function network element sending the second time indication information and/or the policy control function network element to the policy control function network element.
  • Second location indication information please refer to the description of step S340).
  • the access and mobility management function network element processes the information of the network slice, including: in the access and mobility management function network element according to the network slice
  • the access and mobility management function network element sends the first timing information to the terminal device (refer to the description of step S530).
  • the requirement of a network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  • the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the protocol data unit associated with the network slice established by the terminal device before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. Sessions can prevent the terminal device's business from being cut off instantly, thus improving the user experience.
  • the access and mobility management function network element processes the information of the network slice, including: in the access and mobility management function network element according to the network slice If the information determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the access and mobility management function network element sends a reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice to the terminal device (please refer to step S550 Description), wherein when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate to the terminal The current time of the device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice and the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the terminal device is denied access to the network slice.
  • the cause value of a network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the end device exceeds the available location area of
  • the terminal device By sending the cause value to the terminal device, the terminal device releases the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device when receiving the cause value, so that the service of the terminal device will not be cut off instantly. , thereby improving user experience.
  • the access and mobility management function network element processes information of the network slice, including: the access and mobility management function network element processes information of the network slice according to information confirmation terminal If the device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the access and mobility management function network element determines the second timing information (please refer to the description of step S580), where the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice.
  • the requirement means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice; when the time of the second timing information times out, the access and mobility
  • the management function network element sends a request to release the protocol data unit session established by the terminal device and associated with the network slice or the local data network to the session management function network element.
  • the access and mobility management function network element when the time of the second timing information times out and the access and mobility management function network element does not receive the message sent by the terminal device to release the network slice established by the terminal device and associated with the network slice or the local data network.
  • the access and mobility management function network element sends a request to release the protocol data unit session established by the terminal device and associated with the network slice or the local data network to the session management function network element.
  • the session management function network element releases the request of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, thereby avoiding the problem that the terminal device fails to successfully release the protocol data unit session established with the terminal device. There is a waste of resources during the session of the protocol data unit associated with the network slice.
  • the second timing information can prevent the service of the terminal device from being cut off instantly, thereby improving user experience.
  • the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
  • the access and mobility management function network element obtains network slice information, including: the access and mobility management function network element receives information from the network slice management function The network element's information about the network slice; or, the access and mobility management function network element receives the network slice information from the unified data management network element; or, the access and mobility management function network element receives the network slice selection from Information about the network slice of functional network elements.
  • the access and mobility management function network element AMF can also perform other actions performed by the AMF in Figure 14 or Figure 16, which will not be described again here.
  • a network slice communication method is provided (for example, refer to the method executed by SMF in Figure 15), including: the session management function network element obtains network slice information (refer to the description of step S410), the network The slice information includes identification information of the network slice, and the network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, where the first time indication information is used to indicate the location of the network slice.
  • the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; when the session management function network element determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice, the The session management function network element determines the release of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device (please refer to the description of step S420), where the fact that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice.
  • the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  • the session management function network element determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the network slice information
  • the session management function network element determines the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device.
  • the communication method further includes: the session management function network element sending first timing information to the terminal device (please refer to the description of step S430), the third timing information being sent to the terminal device.
  • a certain timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the connection established with the terminal device before the time indicated by the first timing information expires.
  • the protocol data unit session associated with this network slice
  • the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the protocol data unit associated with the network slice established by the terminal device before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. Sessions can prevent the terminal device's business from being cut off instantly, thus improving the user experience.
  • the communication method further includes: determining, in the session management function network element, that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice.
  • the session management function network element sends the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice to the terminal device (please refer to the description of step S450)
  • the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice
  • the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate the current time of the terminal device.
  • the time exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice and the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the terminal device is denied access to the network slice.
  • the cause value is used to indicate that the current location of the end device is outside the available location area of the network slice.
  • the terminal device By sending the cause value to the terminal device, the terminal device releases the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device when receiving the cause value, so that the service of the terminal device will not be cut off instantly. , thereby improving user experience.
  • the communication method further includes: the session management function network element determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice.
  • the session management function network element determines the second timing information (please refer to the description of step S480), where the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the time limit of the network slice.
  • the available time and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice; when the time of the second timing information times out, the session management function network element releases the session established by the terminal device and associated with the network slice. Request for protocol data unit session.
  • the session management function network element releases the request of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, thereby avoiding the problem that the terminal device fails to successfully release the protocol data unit session established with the terminal device. There is a waste of resources during the session of the protocol data unit associated with the network slice.
  • the second timing information can prevent the service of the terminal device from being cut off instantly, thereby improving user experience.
  • the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
  • the session management function network element obtains network slice information, including: the session management function network element receives the network slice from the network slice management function network element. information; or, the session management function network element receives the information of the network slice from the unified data management network element; or,
  • the session management function network element receives the information of the network slice from the network slice selection function network element.
  • session management function network element SMF can also perform other actions performed by the SMF in Figure 15, which will not be described again here.
  • a network slicing communication method including: the access network device receives the network slicing information sent by the access and mobility management function network element (please refer to Description of step S620), the network slice information includes identification information of the network slice, and the network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, wherein the first time indication The information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; in the When the access network device determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice, the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device.
  • step S650 where the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the network slice.
  • the available location area for slices is
  • the access network device determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the network slice information, determines the release of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device. , realizes the flexible deployment of network slices, and achieves the effect of using network slices at specific times and specific areas.
  • the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, including: the access network device passes The broadcast message or unicast message instructs the terminal device to initiate the release of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice before the time indicated by the first timing information times out (please refer to the description of step S660).
  • the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the protocol data unit associated with the network slice established by the terminal device before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. Sessions can prevent the terminal device's business from being cut off instantly, thus improving the user experience.
  • the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, including: the access network device
  • the terminal device sends a reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice, where, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the terminal device is refused to access the network slice.
  • the reason value for the device to access the network slice is used to indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice.
  • the available location area of the network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice (refer to the description of step S670).
  • the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, further including: the access network device When the second timing information times out, the access network device notifies the access and mobility management function network element that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area, and the tracking area is a cell covered by the access network device (refer to Description of step S680).
  • the access network device when the time of the second timing information times out and the access network device does not receive the message sent by the terminal device to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice or the local data network established by the terminal device Upon request, the access network device notifies the access and mobility management function network element that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area, and then the access and mobility management function network element initiates the release of the network slice established by the terminal device.
  • the associated protocol data unit session This avoids waste of resources when the terminal device fails to successfully release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device.
  • the second timing information can prevent the service of the terminal device from being cut off instantly, thereby improving User feelings.
  • the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
  • the access network equipment RAN can also perform other actions performed by the RAN in Figure 17, which will not be described again here.
  • a network slicing communication method is provided (please refer to the method executed by the terminal device in Figure 15, Figure 16 or Figure 17), including: the terminal device receives the first timing information sent by the network device, and the first The timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the network slice established by the terminal device within the time indicated by the first timing information.
  • the associated protocol data unit session (refer to the description of step S460, step S540 or step S670); the terminal device releases the protocol data unit session before the time indicated by the timing information times out (refer to step S470, step S570 or step S670 description of).
  • the terminal device receives the timing information sent by the network device, and the terminal device releases the protocol data unit session before the time indicated by the timing information times out, thereby realizing flexible deployment of network slicing and achieving the effect of network slicing being used at a specific time and in a specific area.
  • the terminal device when the network device is an access network device, the terminal device receives the first timing information through a broadcast message or a unicast message (please refer to step S660 description of).
  • the terminal device when the network device is a core network device, the terminal device receives the first timing information through a configuration update message of the terminal device (please refer to step S440 or the description of step S540).
  • the terminal device receives a reason value sent by the network device for denying the terminal device access to the network slice (please refer to the description of step S670), wherein, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used Indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location of the network slice. area, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  • the terminal device when the network device is an access network device, the terminal device receives the cause value through a broadcast message or a unicast message.
  • the terminal device when the network device is a core network device, the terminal device receives the cause value through a configuration update message of the terminal device.
  • the communication method further includes: the terminal device deleting the identification information of the network slice from a locally stored list of allowed network slice selection auxiliary information.
  • the communication method further includes: the terminal device receiving configuration information sent by the network side device, where the configuration information includes the rejected identification information of the network slice; The terminal device deletes the identification information of the network slice from the locally stored list of allowed network slice selection auxiliary information.
  • terminal device can also perform other actions performed by the terminal device in Figure 15, Figure 16 or Figure 17, which will not be described again here.
  • a network slicing communication method is provided (please refer to the method executed by the terminal device in Figure 14), including: the terminal device receives local data network information sent by the access and mobility management function network element (please refer to the steps Description of S330), wherein the local data network information includes the name of the local data network, the local data network information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information, and the first time indication information is used to indicate the The available time of the local data network, the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the local data network, and the available location area indicated by the first location indication information is cell granularity; the terminal device according to the local data network information, Determine whether the terminal device can access the local data network (refer to the description of step S330).
  • the terminal device determines whether the terminal device can use the local data network based on the local data network information, including: when the current time of the terminal device When the available time indicated by the first time indication information is exceeded, the terminal device does not access the local data network; or,
  • the terminal device When the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area indicated by the first location indication information, the terminal device does not access the local data network.
  • terminal device can also perform other actions performed by the terminal device in Figure 14, which will not be described again here.
  • a communication device including a processor, a transceiver and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store instructions.
  • the processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive or send signals; the transceiver
  • the processor is configured to obtain network slice information, wherein the network slice information includes identification information of the network slice, and the network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, wherein, The first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice, and the processor is used to generate user routing policy information according to the information of the network slice;
  • the transceiver is also used to send the user routing policy information to the terminal device through the access and mobility management function network element.
  • the user routing policy information includes a first user routing policy rule
  • the first user routing policy rule includes identification information of the network slice, the The identification information of the application program of the network slice service.
  • the first user routing policy rule also includes the first time window and/or the first location range corresponding to the network slice.
  • the first time window is less than or equal to the first time indication.
  • the available time indicated by the information, the first location range is less than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information.
  • the transceiver is specifically configured to: receive information about the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or, receive information from the access and mobility management Information about the network slice of the functional network element; or, receiving information about the network slice from the unified data repository.
  • a communication device including: a processor, a transceiver and a memory, the memory is used to store instructions, the processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive or send signals;
  • the transceiver is configured to obtain network slice information.
  • the network slice information includes identification information of the network slice.
  • the network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, wherein the first time indication information and/or first location indication information A time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; the processor is used to process the information of the network slice.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: send the network slice information to the policy control function network element.
  • the processor is specifically configured to: generate local data network information according to the information of the network slice, where the local data network information includes the name of the local data network, the The local data network information also includes second time indication information and/or second location indication information.
  • the second time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the local data network.
  • the second location indication information is used to indicate the local data network. available cells, wherein the available time indicated by the second time indication information is less than or equal to the available time indicated by the first time indication information, and the available cell indicated by the second location indication information is less than or equal to the first location Indicates the available location area indicated by the information; the transceiver is also used to send the local data network information to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: send the name of the local data network corresponding to the network slice to the policy control function network element.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: send the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information to the policy control function network element.
  • the processor is specifically configured to: determine according to the information of the network slice that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice
  • the transceiver is specifically configured to: : When it is determined that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice according to the information of the network slice, the first timing information is sent to the terminal device, and the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to wait at the first timing.
  • the time exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  • the processor is specifically configured to: determine according to the information of the network slice that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice
  • the transceiver is specifically configured to: : When it is determined that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice, send the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice to the terminal device, where, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements
  • the requirement for accessing the network slice is that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice.
  • the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate to the terminal device 's current location is outside the available location area for this network slice.
  • the processor is specifically configured to: when it is determined based on the information of the network slice that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, determine 2. Timing information,
  • the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice;
  • the transceiver unit It is also configured to: when the time of the second timing information times out, send a request to the session management function network element to release the protocol data unit session established by the terminal device and associated with the network slice or the local data network.
  • the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
  • the transceiver is specifically configured to: receive information about the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or, receive information from the unified data management network element. Information about the network slice; or, receiving information about the network slice from the network slice selection function network element.
  • a communication device including: a processor, a transceiver and a memory, the memory is used to store instructions, the processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive or send signals;
  • the transceiver is configured to obtain network slice information.
  • the network slice information includes identification information of the network slice.
  • the network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, wherein the first time indication information and/or first location indication information A time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; the processor is used to determine that the terminal device is not eligible to access the network based on the information of the network slice.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: send first timing information to the terminal device, where the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device in the first
  • the protocol data unit session established by the terminal device and associated with the network slice is released before the time indicated by the timing information expires.
  • the processor is further configured to: determine based on the information of the network slice that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice; the transceiver is also configured to: When the session management function network element determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is sent to the terminal device, where , when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate the current time of the terminal device.
  • the processor is further configured to: when the information of the network slice determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, determine 2. Timing information, wherein the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice ; When the time of the second timing information times out, the session management function network element releases the request of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device.
  • the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
  • the transceiver is specifically configured to: receive information about the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or, receive information from the unified data management network element. Information about the network slice; or, receiving information about the network slice from the network slice selection function network element.
  • an access network device including: a processor, a transceiver and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store instructions.
  • the processor is used to execute instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive or send signals.
  • the transceiver is used to receive the network slice information sent by the access and mobility management function network element.
  • the network slice information includes the identification information of the network slice.
  • the network slice information also includes the first time indication information of the network slice and /or first location indication information, wherein the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; the processor is configured to When the network access device determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice, it determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, wherein the terminal device Failure to meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: instruct the terminal device to initiate a protocol associated with the network slice before timeout indicated by the first timing information through a broadcast message. Release of data unit session.
  • the transceiver is further configured to: when the time of the second timing information times out, notify the access and mobility management function network element that the network slice is tracking area is unavailable, the tracking area is a cell covered by the access network equipment.
  • the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
  • a terminal device including: a processor, a transceiver and a memory, the memory is used to store instructions, and the processor is used to execute instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive or send signals;
  • the transceiver is used to receive timing information sent by the network device, and the timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to respond to the timing information.
  • Release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device within the indicated time, and the identification information of the network slice is the identification information of the network slice; the processor is configured to release the protocol before the time indicated by the timing information times out. Data unit session.
  • the transceiver when the network device is an access network device, the transceiver receives the timing information through a broadcast message.
  • the transceiver when the network device is a core network device, the transceiver receives the timing information through a configuration update message of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver receives a reason value sent by a network device for denying the terminal device access to the network slice, wherein when the terminal The device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the terminal device The current time exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the terminal is rejected
  • the reason value for the device to access the network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  • the transceiver when the network device is an access network device, the transceiver receives the cause value through a unicast message.
  • the transceiver when the network device is a core network device, the transceiver receives the cause value through a configuration update message of the terminal device.
  • the processor is further configured to: delete the identification information of the network slice from a locally stored list of allowed network slice selection auxiliary information.
  • a terminal device including: a processor, a transceiver and a memory, the memory is used to store instructions, and the processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive or send signals;
  • the transceiver is used to receive local data network information sent by the access and mobility management function network element, where the local data network information includes the name of the local data network, and the local data network information also includes first time indication information and/or third time indication information.
  • a location indication information is used to indicate the available time of the local data network
  • the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the local data network, the available location indicated by the first location indication information
  • the area is a cell granularity
  • the processor is used to determine whether the terminal device can access the local data network based on the local data network information.
  • the processor is specifically configured to: when the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time indicated by the first time indication information, the terminal The device does not access the local data network; or, when the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area indicated by the first location indication information, the terminal device does not access the local data network.
  • a thirteenth aspect provides a computer program product, which includes instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or Perform the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or perform the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or perform the fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores computer A program, when the computer program is executed, for performing a method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or performing a method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or Perform the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or perform the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect, or perform the fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect.
  • a chip system in a fifteenth aspect, includes a processor for the communication device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, such as generating, receiving, sending, or processing data involved in the above methods. and/or information.
  • the chip system also includes a memory, which is used to store necessary program instructions and data of the communication device.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a communication system which includes a device having the functions of implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned first aspect, and a device having the functions of implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned fourth aspect.
  • the communication system includes a device with functions that implement The methods of the second aspect and devices with various possible designs, the devices with the functions of the fourth aspect and the devices with the functions of the sixth aspect, and the devices with the functions of the sixth aspect A device with functions; or, the communication system includes a device with functions that implement the methods of the third aspect and various possible designs, a device with functions that implements the methods of the fourth aspect and various possible designs, and a device with Devices that implement the methods of the sixth aspect and various possible designed functions.
  • Figure 1 shows a schematic scene diagram of a 5G supported eMBB scenario provided by this application
  • Figure 2 shows a schematic diagram of a 5G network slicing architecture provided by this application
  • Figure 3 shows a schematic block diagram of the types of network slicing corresponding to the three typical scenarios supported by 5G provided by this application;
  • Figure 4 shows a schematic flow chart of a method for UE slice selection in the registration process provided by this application
  • Figure 5 shows a schematic structural diagram of the NSSP provided by this application
  • Figure 6 shows a schematic flow chart of routing data packets to PDU sessions provided by this application
  • Figure 7 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture applied in this application
  • Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application.
  • Figure 9 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application.
  • Figure 10 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application.
  • Figure 11 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application.
  • Figure 12 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application.
  • Figure 13 shows a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method according to the present application.
  • Figure 14 shows a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method according to the present application.
  • Figure 15 shows a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method according to the present application.
  • Figure 16 shows a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method according to the present application.
  • Figure 17 shows a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method according to the present application.
  • Figure 18 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to the present application.
  • Figure 19 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device of the present application
  • Figure 20 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device of the present application
  • Figure 21 shows a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to the present application.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX global interoperability for microwave access
  • 5G fifth generation
  • 5G New radio
  • NR New radio
  • the terminal equipment in this application can also be called: user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station , mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device, etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • access terminal user unit, user station, mobile station , mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device may be a wireless terminal or a wired terminal.
  • the wireless terminal may be a device that provides voice and/or other service data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing equipment connected to a wireless modem.
  • Wireless terminals can communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN).
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the wireless terminals can be mobile terminals, such as mobile phones (or "cellular" phones) and computers with mobile terminals. , for example, may be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built-in, or vehicle-mounted mobile devices that exchange voice and/or data with the wireless access network.
  • Wireless terminals can also be called systems, Subscriber Units, Subscriber Stations, Mobile Stations, Mobile stations, Remote Stations, Remote Terminals, and Connectors.
  • Access Terminal User Terminal, User Agent, User Device or User Equipment, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device, virtual reality reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery , wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, vehicle-mounted equipment, wearables Equipment, terminal equipment in the 5G network or terminal equipment in the future evolved public land mobile communication network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc.
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • a wearable device may also be called a wearable smart device, which is an application wearable device.
  • Wearable technology is a general term for intelligently designing and developing wearable devices for daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories.
  • Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Broadly defined wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
  • the terminal device can also be a terminal device in the Internet of things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • Its main technical feature is to connect items with the network through communication technology. Connect, thereby realizing an intelligent network of human-computer interconnection and physical-object interconnection.
  • the various terminal devices introduced above can be considered as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed or installed in the vehicle).
  • vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called an on-board unit (OBU), for example. ).
  • OBU on-board unit
  • the terminal device may also include a relay.
  • a relay any device that can perform data communication with the base station.
  • the access network device in this application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device, and may be a base station, an access point, or a network device, or may refer to a device in the access network that communicates with a terminal device through one or more sectors on the air interface.
  • the network equipment may be used to convert received air frames to and from IP packets and act as a router between the wireless terminal and the remainder of the access network, which may include an Internet Protocol (IP) network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • Network devices also coordinate attribute management of the air interface.
  • the access network equipment can be a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), or it can be a broadband code division
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • the base station (NodeB, NB) in the multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) can also be the evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, or it can be the cloud wireless access network (cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the access device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, access device in the 5G network or network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc.
  • it can be an access point (AP) in WLAN, or it can be a gNB in a new wireless system (new radio, NR) system.
  • AP access point
  • WLAN new wireless system
  • NR new
  • the access network device is a device in the access network (radio access network, RAN), or in other words, a RAN node that connects the terminal device to the wireless network.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the access network equipment you can enumerate: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller) , RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB ), baseband unit (base band unit, BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc.
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • eNB radio network controller
  • RNC Radio network controller
  • Node B Node B
  • BSC base station controller
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • home base station
  • the access network equipment provides services for the cell, and the terminal equipment communicates with the access network equipment through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell.
  • the cell may be an access network equipment (for example, a base station). ).
  • the cell may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell.
  • the small cell here may include: metro cell, micro cell, or pico cell. ), femto cells, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing High-speed data transmission service.
  • 5G will usher in an era of Internet of Everything.
  • 5G supports Enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB), Massive Machine Type Communication (mMTC) and High-Reliable Low Latency Communications (uRLLC). ) three major scenes.
  • the three major scenarios include diverse and differentiated applications.
  • eMBB is based on breakthroughs in spectrum utilization and spectrum bandwidth technology on the wireless side.
  • 5G can provide a transmission rate that is more than 10 times faster than 4G.
  • AR Augmented Reality
  • VR Virtual Reality
  • 4G High-definition video live broadcast
  • MIoT uses technologies such as multi-user shared access and ultra-dense heterogeneous networks.
  • 5G can support access to 1 million devices per square kilometer, which is 10 times that of 4G, for example.
  • public facilities such as street lights, manhole covers, and water meters already have network connection capabilities and can be managed remotely, but 5G will bring greater innovation.
  • public equipment in various industries in the city can be connected to the intelligent management platform.
  • the most typical application of uRRLC in 5G scenarios is autonomous driving.
  • the most common scenarios for autonomous driving include sudden braking, vehicle-to-vehicle, vehicle-to-person, vehicle-to-infrastructure and other multi-channel communications at the same time, which requires instantaneous processing of a large amount of data and decision making. Therefore, the network needs to have large bandwidth, low latency and high reliability at the same time. 5G network has the ability to cope with this scenario.
  • one network is used to meet all application scenarios and customer groups. For example, if the network wants to provide NB-IoT capabilities, it must enable NB-related features on the network elements. To build network reliability, it must add redundant backup at the device level of the network elements. , by continuously adding features to meet the constant demands of the mass market.
  • Network slicing uses slicing technology to virtualize multiple end-to-end networks based on a common hardware. Each network has different network functions and adapts to different types of service requirements.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a 5G network slicing architecture provided by this application. After the operator purchases physical resources, it uses the physical resources to virtualize an eMBB slicing network for mass Internet services, and then targets the smart meter reading needs of certain manufacturers in vertical industries. , using physical resources to virtualize a mMTC slice network, and the two slice networks provide services for different business scenarios.
  • Network slicing technology allows operators to split multiple virtual networks on a hardware infrastructure, allocate resources on demand, and flexibly combine capabilities to meet the different needs of various businesses. When new demands are raised and the current network cannot meet the requirements, operators only need to virtualize a new slice network for this demand without affecting the existing slice network, so as to launch services as quickly as possible.
  • mMTC can also be called Massive Internet of Things (MIoT).
  • MIoT Massive Internet of Things
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic block diagram of a type of network slicing corresponding to three typical scenarios supported by 5G provided by this application.
  • eMBB services such as Internet access, cloud games, high-definition video and voice require a transmission rate of 10Gbps.
  • the type of network slice corresponding to eMBB services is eMBB slicing; mMTC services such as smart homes, smart meter reading and safe cities require a connection density of millions square kilometers and low power consumption, the corresponding network slicing type is mmTC slice; uRLLC services such as autonomous driving, telemedicine and other high-reliability services require millisecond-level latency, and the corresponding network slicing type is uRLLC slice.
  • the three major characteristics of network slicing are isolation, on-demand customization and end-to-end.
  • on-demand customization includes providing slice life cycle on demand, distributed deployment on demand, capacity on demand, and network services on demand.
  • Isolation includes resource isolation, security isolation, and OAM isolation. Different domains can use different isolation technologies.
  • End-to-end network slicing is an end-to-end network, including access network, transmission network and core network, and requires a cross-domain slicing management system.
  • the identification information of the network slice (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information, S-NSSAI) is used to identify a network slice.
  • S-NSSAI Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • one S-NSSAI can be associated with one or more network slicing instances, and one network slicing instance can be associated with one or more S-NSSAI.
  • S-NSSAI includes two parts: slice service type (Slice/ServiceType, SST) and slice difference (Slice Differentiator, SD):
  • SST refers to the expected behavior of network slicing in terms of features and services.
  • the standard value range of SST is 1, 2, and 3.
  • the value 1 represents eMBB
  • 2 represents URLLC
  • 3 represents mMTC.
  • SD is optional information used to supplement SST to distinguish multiple network slices of the same slice/service type.
  • the two parts SST and SD are combined to represent the slice type and multiple slices of the same slice type, as shown in Table 1.
  • the S-NSSAI values are 0x01000000, 0x02000000, and 0x03000000, which respectively represent eMBB type slices, uRLLC type slices, and MIoT type slices.
  • the S-NSSAI values 0x01000001 and 0x01000002 represent eMBB type slices, serving user group 1 and user group 2 respectively.
  • NSSAI Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • the NSSAI used in 5G networks include Requested NSSAI, Allowed NSSAI, Configured NSSAI, and Subscribed S-NSSAI(s). Their specific definitions are shown in Table 2. .
  • Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of a method 100 for UE slice selection in the registration process provided by this application.
  • S110 When the UE registers on a public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) through an access type, it sends a registration request message to the RAN. If the Configured NSSAI of this PLMN or the Allowed NSSAI of this access type of this PLMN is stored on the UE, then the UE will register the request message in the non-access stratum (NAS) and the access stratum (AS) The message carries Requested NSSAI information, and Requested NSSAI contains the S-NSSAI of the slice that the UE requests access to.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • RAN selects the original Initial AMF based on the Globally Unique AMF Identifier (GUAMI) or Requested NSSAI, and sends a registration request message to the Initial AMF. If the UE does not provide the Requested NSSAI and GUAMI in the access layer message, the RAN shall send the registration request message from the UE to the default AMF (default AMF).
  • GUIMI Globally Unique AMF Identifier
  • Requested NSSAI Requested NSSAI
  • Initial AMF queries Unified Data Management (UDM) to obtain UE subscription information including Subscribed S-NSSAIs.
  • UDM Unified Data Management
  • Initial AMF determines whether it can provide services to the UE based on the received Requested NSSAI, Subscribed S-NSSAI and local configuration. If the AMF can serve the UE, the Initial AMF is still the serving AMF of the UE, and then the AMF constructs the Allowed NSSAI based on the Subscribed S-NSSAI and the Requested NSSAI and returns it to the UE through the registration acceptance message. If the Initial AMF cannot serve the UE or cannot make a judgment, the AMF queries the Network Slice Selection Function (NSSF). The S-NSSAI supported by each relevant TA will be configured in AMF. This information is reported by the RAN when establishing a connection with the AMF.
  • NSSF Network Slice Selection Function
  • AMF sends the Requested NSSAI, Subscribed S-NSSAI, PLMN of the User Permanent Identifier (Subscription Permanent Identifier, SUPI), Tracking Area Identity (TAI) and other information to NSSF for query.
  • SUPI Subscribed S-NSSAI
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • TAI Tracking Area Identity
  • NSSF selects the AMF Set or candidate AMF list that can serve the UE based on the received information and local configuration, the Allowed NSSAI applicable to this access type, and may also select network slice instances and instances that serve the UE. It is used to select the network storage function (NF Repository Function, NRF) of the network function (Network Function, NF) and send this information to the Initial AMF.
  • NRF Network Repository Function
  • the Initial AMF obtains the candidate AMF list by querying the NRF.
  • NRF returns a set of available AMF lists, including AMF Pointer (pointer) and address information.
  • Initial AMF selects one as the target AMF.
  • the Initial AMF needs to send the UE's registration request message to the RAN.
  • the message sent by the Initial AMF to the RAN contains AMF Set and Allowed NSSAI.
  • the RAN determines the target AMF based on the AMF Set, Allowed NSSAI and local configuration, and the RAN sends the UE's registration request message to the target AMF, which contains the AMF Set and Allowed NSSAI.
  • the Initial AMF decides to send the NAS message directly to the target AMF based on the local policy and subscription information, then the Initial AMF sends the UE registration request message and other information obtained from the NSSF except the AMF set to the target AMF.
  • Reroute NAS message includes target AMF Set information and registration request message, as well as related information obtained from NSSF.
  • the target AMF After the target AMF receives the registration request message sent in S180 or S170b, the target AMF continues to execute the relevant steps of the registration process.
  • the target AMF sends a registration acceptance message to the RAN, which carries information such as Allowed NSSAI and NSSP.
  • RAN sends a registration acceptance message to the UE, which carries information such as Allowed NSSAI and NSSP.
  • the PDU When the UE joins the network slice, the UE needs to select an appropriate protocol data unit (PDU) session for the uplink service flow.
  • the PDU associates a user terminal UE with the data network DN, and the PDU session provides a PDU connection service.
  • the PDU session established between the terminal device and the network device has attributes such as network slicing, DNN and session service continuity (session service continuity, SSC) mode.
  • the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) defines user URSP to determine the correspondence between application (APP) and slice, DNN and SSC modes.
  • the association between the identification information of the application service and the network slice is determined by the Network Slice Selection Policy (NSSP).
  • Figure 5 is a schematic structure diagram of the NSSP provided by this application.
  • the UE associates the APP id and S-NSSAI through the NSSP.
  • NSSP is part of the URSP (UE Route Selection Policy, UE routing policy) rule.
  • URSP is issued to the terminal device by the PCF through the AMF.
  • URSP includes one or more URSP rules.
  • a URSP rule mainly includes two parts: Traffic Descriptor and Route Selection Descriptor.
  • Traffic descriptor includes the names or logos of multiple APPs, etc.
  • Route Selection Descriptor includes network slice selection information corresponding to each APP, as well as wildcard network slice selection information, that is, APPs not included in Traffic descriptor can use it.
  • Network slice selection information and more are examples of the URSP information.
  • the form of the URSP information can be seen in Table 3
  • the content of the URSP information can be seen in Table 4
  • the Route Selection Descriptor can be seen in Table 5.
  • the UE may trigger the establishment or modification of the PDU session. For example, if it does not meet the requirements When a PDU session is requested, the UE will initiate the PDU session establishment process; when there is a session that meets the requirements, the existing PDU session may be directly used, and the UE will route the data packet to the PDU session that meets the requirements (if multiple UEs are configured, the Wait to pick one). Each time the UE detects a new application, the UE evaluates whether the application matches the traffic descriptor in the rule in the order of rule precedence.
  • the UE selects the route selection descriptor (Route Selection Descriptor, RSD) in the rule in the order of route selection descriptor priority (Route Selection Descriptor Precedence).
  • RSD Route Selection Descriptor
  • the RSD is invalid (valid, or no longer valid), jump to the next RSD, otherwise select the RSD.
  • a routing descriptor for a URSP rule should be considered valid only if all of the following conditions are met:
  • S-NSSAI(s) are included in the allowed NSSAI(s) in the non-roaming case, or included in the mapping of allowed NSSAI to HPLMN S-NSSAI(s) in the roaming case.
  • LADN Local Area Data Network
  • the time window and location standards in RSD are determined by the corresponding services.
  • the background traffic service stipulates specific service time and location.
  • Background traffic services include software update services on terminal devices.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of routing data packets to a PDU session provided by this application.
  • the UE selects an appropriate PDU session for the uplink service flow according to the URSP.
  • the UE routes data packets of different uplink services to different PDU sessions according to the URSP.
  • data packet A can be routed to the session of DNN1, S-NSSAI-a, SSC1;
  • data packet B can be routed to the session of DNN1, S-NSSAI-a, SSC2, or to the session of DNN1, S-NSSAI-a, SSC1.
  • Data packet C can be routed to the sessions of DNN2, S-NSSAI-a, SSC3;
  • Data packet D can be routed to the sessions of DNN1, S-NSSAI-b, SSC1;
  • Data packet E can be routed to DNN2, S -NSSAI-a, SSC3 session;
  • packet F can be routed to DNN2, S-NSSAI-c, SSC3 session.
  • the above network slices are deployed at TA granularity. That is, when the RAN reports the supported S-NSSAI to the AMF, it reports the TA and the corresponding S-NSSAI.
  • the network side will consider the TA to be homogeneous, that is, any area within a TA supports the same network slice.
  • Network slicing is deployed for services in service areas. As network slicing deployment increases, the service area of the network slicing may match the existing TA, but it may also be different. For example, the service area of a network slice is not the entire TA, but a part of the TA.
  • the network slice may not always be able to provide services, and may only be able to provide services within a specified time.
  • UE and network configurations may be affected. For example, the Configured NSSAI may change when this network slice becomes available, which may affect the Allowed NSSAI and other parameters.
  • this network slice is discontinued, that is, when this network slice is no longer available, the UE and network configuration may also be affected by the above.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture applied in this application.
  • the network architecture is, for example, a service-oriented architecture of a 5G network.
  • the network architecture mainly includes terminal equipment (User Equipment, UE), access network (Access Network, AN) equipment, access and mobility management function (AMF), session management Function (Session Management Function, SMF), User Plane Function (UPF), Policy Control function (PCF), Unified Data Management (UDM), System 1.
  • Data warehousing function Unified Data Repository, UDR
  • data network Data Network
  • DN data network
  • NSSF Network Slice Selection Function
  • NSMF Network Slice Management Function
  • AMF provides mobility management functions in the core network and is mainly responsible for access and mobility control, such as user location update, user registration network, user switching, etc., including registration management (RM) and connection management. (connection management, CM), access authentication and access authorization, reachability management and mobility management, etc.
  • RM registration management
  • CM connection management
  • access authentication and access authorization access authorization
  • reachability management mobility management
  • SMF is the session management function in the core network and is mainly responsible for session management in the mobile network, such as session establishment, modification, and release. Specific functions include assigning IP addresses to users and selecting UPFs that provide message forwarding functions. In addition to mobility management of the UE, the AMF is also responsible for forwarding session management related messages between the UE and the SMF.
  • UPF is the user plane function in the core network. It mainly provides user plane support and is responsible for forwarding and receiving user data in terminal devices. It can receive user data from the data network and transmit it to the terminal device through the access network device; the UPF network element can also receive user data from the terminal device through the access network device and forward it to the data network.
  • the transmission resources and scheduling functions in the UPF network element that provide services for terminal equipment are managed and controlled by the SMF network element.
  • PCF policy management function in the core network. It mainly supports the provision of a unified policy framework to control network behavior, provides policy rules to the control layer network functions, and is responsible for obtaining user subscription information related to policy decisions. Responsible for formulating policies related to UE mobility management, session management, and charging.
  • UDM is the contract database in the core network. It stores user contract data in the 5G network and is responsible for user authentication and authentication-related functions. Specifically, it includes: authentication credential processing, user identity processing, contract information management, access authorization, etc.
  • UDR is a unified data warehousing function in the core network. It is used by UDM to store or retrieve subscription data of user devices, and for PCF to store or read policy data.
  • DN is a service network that provides users with data transmission services, such as IMS (IP Multi-media Service, IP Multimedia Service), Internet, etc.
  • IMS IP Multi-media Service, IP Multimedia Service
  • the UE accesses the data network through the PDU session established between the UE and the DN.
  • NSMF is a newly introduced network element in this application. It is used by operators to deploy network slicing and can notify other network elements of the information about deploying network slicing.
  • the UE communicates with the (R)AN device through the Uu interface for access layer connection to exchange access layer messages and wireless data transmission.
  • the UE communicates with the AMF through the N1 interface for non-access layer (Non-Access Stratum, NAS) connection to exchange NAS messages;
  • the AN device is connected to the AMF through the N2 interface, and the AN device is connected to the UPF through the N3 interface; multiple UPFs are connected through the N9 interface, and the UPF is connected to the DN through the N6 interface.
  • NAS non-Access Stratum
  • the UPF The N4 interface is connected to SMF; SMF is connected to PCF through N7 interface, SMF is connected to UDM through N10 interface, SMF controls UPF through N4 interface, and at the same time, SMF is connected to AMF through N11 interface; multiple AMFs are connected through N14 interface, AMF It connects to UDM through N8 interface, AMF connects to PCF through N15 interface; UDM connects to UDR through N35 interface, PCF connects to UDR through N36 interface; NSMF connects to PCF through N90 interface; NSMF connects to UDM through N91 interface; NSMF connects through N92 The interface is connected to NSSF; NSMF is connected to AMF through N93 interface; NSMF is connected to SMF through N94 interface.
  • FIG. 7 is only an exemplary architecture diagram.
  • the network architecture may also include other functional units or functional network elements, which is not limited in this application.
  • AMF Access Management Function
  • SMF Access Management Function
  • PCF Policy and Charging Function
  • session management functions such as recording, releasing and changing user plane transmission paths, as well as analyzing some slice-related data (such as congestion), terminal device-related
  • UPF mainly completes functions such as routing and forwarding of user plane data, such as: responsible for data packet filtering, data transmission/forwarding, rate control, and generation of accounting information for terminal devices.
  • the application scenario shown in Figure 7 can also include more network nodes, such as other AMFs, and the access network equipment or terminal equipment included in the application scenario shown in Figure 7 can be the various forms of access networks mentioned above. equipment or terminal equipment. This application is no longer shown one by one in the drawings.
  • FIG 8 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application.
  • the network architecture is, for example, a service-oriented architecture of a 5G network.
  • control plane functions such as AMF, SMF, UPF, PCF, UDR, UDM, NSSF, and NSMF use service-based interfaces to interact.
  • AMF provides external service interface Namf
  • SMF provides external service interface Nsmf
  • PCF provides external service interface Npcf
  • UDM provides external service interface Nudm
  • NSSF provides external service interface Nnssf
  • UDR provides external services.
  • interface Nudr the service-oriented interface Nudm provided by UDM to the outside world
  • the service-oriented interface Nnsmf provided by NSMF to the outside world.
  • the network architecture shown in Figure 7 and Figure 8 is the system architecture in the non-roaming scenario.
  • the following is a schematic diagram of the network architecture in the roaming scenario.
  • FIG 9 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application.
  • the network architecture is, for example, a service-oriented architecture of a 5G network.
  • the network architecture is a roaming network architecture, such as a local breakout (LBO) roaming scenario.
  • the 5G network includes the home public land mobile network (HPLMN) and the visited public land mobile network (VPLMN).
  • HPLMN is the home network of the UE
  • VPLMN is the roaming network of the UE.
  • services need to be offloaded at the VPLMN, that is, the UE's services need to be routed to the DN of the VPLMN.
  • VPLMN and HPLMN communicate through the visited security edge protection proxy (vSEPP) and the home security edge protection proxy (hSEPP).
  • vSEPP visited security edge protection proxy
  • hSEPP home security edge protection proxy
  • the UE accesses the 5G network through the (R)AN, and the UE communicates with the AMF through the N1 interface (referred to as N1); the (R)AN network element communicates with the AMF through the N2 interface (referred to as N2) ; The (R)AN network element communicates with the UPF through the N3 interface (referred to as N3); the SMF communicates with the UPF through the N4 interface (referred to as N4), and the UPF accesses the DN through the N6 interface (referred to as N6).
  • N1 interface referred to as N1
  • the (R)AN network element communicates with the AMF through the N2 interface (referred to as N2) ;
  • the (R)AN network element communicates with the UPF through the N3 interface (referred to as N3); the SMF communicates with the UPF through the N4 interface (referred to as N4), and the UPF accesses the DN through the N6 interface (referred to as N6).
  • VPLMN control plane functions such as NSSF, AMF, SMF, and PCF shown in Figure 9 use service-based interfaces for interaction.
  • HPLMN's UDM, PCF, NSSF and other control plane functions shown in Figure 9 also use service-based interfaces for interaction.
  • FIG 10 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application, and the network architecture is a roaming network architecture, such as an LBO roaming scenario.
  • the 5G network includes HPLMN and VPLMN.
  • NSSF, UE, (R)AN, SMF in the VPLMN, and UDM and NSMF in the HPLMN can communicate with the AMF in the VPLMN.
  • the SMF in the VPLMN can also be combined with the UPF, PCF (also called vPCF) and HPLMN in the VPLMN.
  • UDM communication within The PCF within the VPLMN can also communicate with the PCF within the HPLMN (also known as hPCF).
  • the UPF in the VPLMN can also communicate with the (R)AN and DN in the VPLMN.
  • Nxx between two network elements indicates the interface between the two network elements.
  • FIG 11 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application.
  • the network architecture is, for example, a service-oriented architecture of a 5G network.
  • the network architecture is a roaming network architecture, such as a home routed (HR) roaming scenario.
  • the 5G network includes HPLMN and VPLMN.
  • HPLMN is the home network of the UE
  • VPLMN is the roaming network of the UE.
  • the VPLMN and HPLMN communicate through vSEPP and hSEPP.
  • services need to be offloaded at the HPLMN, that is, the UE's services need to be routed to the DN of the HPLMN.
  • the UPF in the VPLMN communicates with the UPF in the HPLMN through the N9 interface (referred to as N9).
  • control plane functions such as NSSF, AMF, SMF, or PCF of VPLMN shown in Figure 11 use service-based interfaces for interaction.
  • HPLMN's UDM, PCF, NSSF and other control plane functions shown in Figure 11 also use service-based interfaces for interaction.
  • FIG 12 is a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application, and the network architecture is a roaming network architecture, such as an HR roaming scenario.
  • the 5G network includes HPLMN and VPLMN.
  • NSSF, UE, (R)AN, SMF, PCF in the VPLMN, and AUSF and UDM in the HPLMN can communicate with the AMF in the VPLMN.
  • the SMF in the VPLMN can also communicate with the UPF in the VPLMN and the SMF in the HPLMN.
  • the PCF in the VPLMN can also communicate with the PCF in the HPLMN.
  • the UPF in the VPLMN can also communicate with the (R)AN in the VPLMN and the UPF in the HPLMN.
  • the NSSF in the VPLMN can also communicate with the NSSF in the HPLMN.
  • the SMF in the HPLMN can also communicate with the UPF, UDM and PCF in the HPLMN.
  • the UPF in the HPLMN can also access the DN in the VPLMN.
  • Nxx between two network elements indicates the interface between the two network elements.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method 200 of this application. This method 200 can be applied in the above application scenarios, and of course also It can be applied in other communication scenarios and is not limited in this application.
  • the method 200 shown in FIG. 13 may include S210 to S250. Each step in the method 200 is described in detail below with reference to FIG. 13 .
  • the PCF obtains network slice information.
  • the network slice information includes the identification information of the network slice.
  • the network slice information also includes the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information of the network slice, wherein the The first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice.
  • the identification information of the network slice may be the identification information of the network slice (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information, S-NSSAI).
  • S-NSSAI Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information
  • the first time indication information includes a set of start time and end time, or multiple sets of start time and end time.
  • the start time included in the first time indication information is March 6, 2022
  • the end time is March 7, 2022.
  • the first set of start time included in the first time indication information is March 6, 2022
  • the end time is March 7, 2022
  • the second group starts on April 6, 2022, and ends on April 7, 2022.
  • the start time and end time units included in the first time indication information may be days, hours, etc.
  • the first time indication information contains a start time of 00:00:00 on March 6, 2022, and an end time of 2022 March 7, 23:59:59.
  • the start time or end time included in the first time indication information can be an absolute time, or an offset relative to a certain time.
  • the initial time can be set to 00, January 1, 1970: 00:00
  • the offset of the start time is 8 hours (or 28,800 seconds), that is, the start time is 08:00:00 on January 1, 1970
  • the offset of the end time is 10 hours (or 36, 000 seconds), that is, the end time is 10:00:00 on January 1, 1970.
  • the first location indication information may include one or more of the following information: cell identification (list), global RAN node identification list, tracking area identification (list).
  • the cell identifier (list) may specifically be the cell identifier or identifier list of Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network, E-UTRAN) E-UTRAN or New Radio (New Radio, NR). This can mean that the network slice can provide services only within the service range of the corresponding cell, RAN node, or tracking area.
  • the tracking area identifier (list) contained in the first location indication information will be appended with the cell identifier (list). In this way, the location where the network slice indicated by the first location indication information is available The area may be at cell granularity, which is smaller than the location area available in prior art network slicing.
  • the network slice information includes the first time indication information
  • PCF can know which network slice can only provide services within a specific time, and the available time of the network slice can be determined through the first time Instructions are reflected.
  • the network slice information includes the first location indication information
  • PCF can know which network slice can only provide services within a specific location range, and the available location range of the network slice can be determined through the first location indication information. to reflect.
  • the PCF may obtain information about the network slice in the following ways.
  • NSMF configures the network slice information on the PCF.
  • the NSMF sends the network slice information to the PCF.
  • the PCF receives the network slice information sent by the NSMF.
  • the NSMF can be a network management (Operation Administration and Maintenance, OAM), or a newly introduced functional network element.
  • OAM Operaation Administration and Maintenance
  • the newly introduced functional network element can be used by operators to deploy network slicing.
  • the NSMF can send the network slice information to the UDR, and then introduce the network slice information into the UDR, and the PCF accesses the UDR to obtain the network slice information.
  • the NSMF sends the network slice information to the PCF through UDM/NSSF and AMF.
  • the NSMF sends the network slice information to the UDM/NSSF.
  • the UDM/NSSF receives and sends the network slice information to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives and sends the network slice information to the PCF.
  • the NSMF can also directly send the network slice information to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives and sends the network slice information to the PCF.
  • the NSMF directly sends the network slice information to the AMF.
  • the AMF forwards the network slice information to the PCF.
  • the OAM directly configures the network slice information locally in the AMF, and the AMF sends the configured network slice information to the PCF.
  • the operator directly configures the network slice information locally in the AMF through OAM, and the AMF sends the configured network slice information to the PCF.
  • the AMF may send the network slice information to the PCF in the following two ways.
  • the AMF when the AMF receives the network slice information, it can actively send the network slice information to the PCF.
  • the PCF can subscribe to the AMF when the AMF obtains the network slice information or the network slice information changes (as indicated by the first time indication information of the network slice).
  • the AMF sends the network slice information to the PCF.
  • the AMF may or may not support the network slice.
  • the AMF does not support the network slice and cannot provide services to the UE.
  • the AMF can query the NSSF, and the NSSF selects an AMF Set or candidate that can serve the UE.
  • AMF list you can refer to method 100 here.
  • the PCF can directly obtain the network slice information from the NSSF.
  • the PCF can request network slice information from the NSSF, and the NSSF receives the request and sends the network slice information to the PCF; or, the AMF can send the identification information of the PCF to the NSSF, and the NSSF The identification information of the PCF sends the information of the network slice to the PCF.
  • the above S210 describes various forms in which the PCF obtains the information of the network slice.
  • the UDM after obtaining the information of the network slice, the UDM can update the Subscribed S-NSSAI of the terminal device.
  • the UDM when the UDM obtains the information of the network slice, the UDM can add the identification information of the network slice to the Subscribed S-NSSAI signed by the UE, indicating that the UE can use the network slice.
  • the available time and/or available location limited by the network slice it can be controlled through other network elements, such as PCF.
  • the UDM can also add the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information of the network slice to the UE Subscribed S-NSSAI, so as to limit the UE to only use the available time indicated by the first time indication information. and/or the available location indicated by the first location indication information uses the network slice.
  • the network side will update the Configured NSSAI stored by the UE according to the UE's Subscribed S-NSSAI, and add the network slice information to the Configured NSSAI stored by the UE.
  • the UE can update the Configured NSSAI stored in the UE according to the Configured NSSAI
  • the network slice information is used to determine whether the UE can use the network slice at the current time and/or current location.
  • the AMF can update the Configured NSSAI of the terminal device. For example, AMF adds the network slice information to the Configured NSSAI stored by the UE, and the UE can determine whether the UE can use the network slice at the current time and/or current location based on the network slice information in the Configured NSSAI.
  • S220 The PCF generates URSP information based on the network slice information.
  • the URSP information includes a first user routing policy rule
  • the first URSP rule includes identification information of the network slice and identification information of an application served by the network slice
  • the first URSP rule also includes the network slice corresponding to A first time window and/or a first position range.
  • the PCF sets the first time window and/or the first location range corresponding to the network slice according to the received network slice information. For example, when the network slice information includes the first time indication information, the PCF may set the first time window to be less than or equal to the possible time window indicated by the first time indication information. use time. When the network slice information includes the first location indication information, the PCF may set the first location range to be less than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information.
  • the setting of the first time window in the URSP rule takes into account the available time of the network slice, and/or the setting of the first location range in the URSP rule takes into account the network slice. of available location areas.
  • the first URSP rule includes a first routing descriptor RSD including the first time window and/or the first location range.
  • the AMF receives the URSP information.
  • the AMF sends the URSP information to the UE.
  • the UE receives the URSP information.
  • S250 The UE executes the URSP information.
  • the UE determines the network slice according to the first URSP rule in the URSP information. After determining the network slice, the UE can perform the following two operations.
  • the UE has already accessed the network slice at this time. For example, when the UE receives the above-mentioned updated Configure NSSAI, the UE may initiate a message to the network side to access the network slice and successfully access the network slice. This network slice. If the UE has accessed the network slice at this time, the UE can select an appropriate PDU session based on the URSP information. If there is no PDU session that conforms to the first URSP rule, the UE will initiate a PDU session establishment process; if there is a session that conforms to the first URSP rule, the UE can directly use the existing PDU session.
  • the UE has not accessed the network slice at this time, and the UE may initiate a message to the network side to access the network slice.
  • the AMF, the NSSF or the UDM on the network side stores the information of the network slice.
  • the NSSF, the AMF or the UDM uses the first time indication information of the network slice and the /Or the first location indication information determines whether the UE can use the network slice.
  • the AMF determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on the first location indication information of the network slice
  • the AMF can subscribe to (or obtain) the location information of the UE from the RAN based on the network slice.
  • a reporting area (Presence Reporting Area, PRA) can be set according to the first location indication information of the network slice, and the PRA is sent to the RAN, and the RAN reports whether the UE is within the PRA range.
  • PRA Presence Reporting Area
  • the AMF can also use other methods to subscribe to the RAN for the location of the UE.
  • the AMF determines that the UE can currently use the network slice and continues the access process. After the UE accesses the network slice, the UE can select an appropriate PDU session based on the URSP information. When the current location of the UE exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the AMF determines that the UE cannot currently use the network slice.
  • the AMF determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on the first time indication information of the network slice, if the current time exceeds the available time of the network slice, the AMF determines that the UE cannot currently use the network slice.
  • the AMF After the AMF determines that the UE cannot currently use the network slice, it can perform one or more of the following actions:
  • AMF sets the network slice as a rejected network slice.
  • the AMF triggers the SMF to release the PDU session associated with the network slice.
  • the PDU session may be established by the UE when it meets the available location area of the network slice and/or checks the available time.
  • the UE obtains the first time indication information and/or the first location indication of the network slice.
  • Information to determine whether the UE can use the network slice achieving the effect of using the network slice at a specific time and in a specific area. If the UE determines incorrectly, for example, the current time has exceeded the available time indicated by the first time indication information and/or the current location of the UE has exceeded the available location area indicated by the first location indication information, but the UE does determine that it can access the Network slicing, the network side can also perform verification again at this time.
  • the UE determines a suitable PDU session according to the URSP information.
  • the URSP information includes the first time window and/or the first location range.
  • the first time window setting takes into account the available time of the network slice.
  • the first location range The setting takes into account the available location area of the network slice.
  • the PDU session determined by the UE based on the URSP information satisfies the available time and/or available location area of the network slice, thereby achieving the effect of using the network slice at a specific time and in a specific area. As a result, network slicing can be deployed flexibly on the network side.
  • the PCF may also send first session indication information to the UE, where the first session indication information includes the limited usage time of the network slice, and the first session indication information is used to indicate when the limited usage time of the network slice
  • the UE releases the PDU session (or re-evaluates the validity of the URSP rule (or RSD)), and the PDU session is associated with the network slice established by the UE.
  • the limited usage time may be less than or equal to the time indicated by the first time window in the URSP information.
  • the time indicated by the first time window is from ten o'clock to twelve o'clock on a certain day, and the limited usage time is From ten to eleven fifty on a certain day.
  • the limited usage time is less than the time indicated by the first time window in the URSP information.
  • the PCF may also send second session indication information to the UE.
  • the second session indication information is used to indicate that when the UE detects that the routing verification conditions are not met, the UE should immediately release the PDU session.
  • the PDU session is a session established by the UE and associated with the network slice.
  • the first session indication information and the second session indication information may be included in the URSP information, for example, the first session indication information and the second session indication information are included in the RSD in the URSP information. Instructions.
  • the PCF may send the first session indication information, the second session indication information and the URSP information to the UE through one message.
  • the PCF may send the first session indication information, the second session indication information and the URSP information to the UE through different messages.
  • NSSF or AMF can update its allowed network slice list according to the information of the network slice. For example, at the current moment, within the time indicated by the first time indication information of the network slice, NSSF or AMF is within the allowed network slice. Add the identifier of the network slice to the list; if the current time is not within the time indicated by the first time indication information of the network slice, NSSF or AMF deletes the identifier of the network slice from the allowed network slice list.
  • the AMF when the operator deletes the network slice, if the network slice is in the allowed network slice of the UE through the end device configuration update (User equipment configuration update, UCU) process, the AMF should set the network slice to a denied network. Slicing, if the UE does not release the PDU session in time, the AMF triggers the PDU session release. For the process of the AMF triggering the PDU session release, please refer to the steps in method 500.
  • the AMF can also configure the available location area of the network slice (or the NSSF sends the available location area of the network slice to the AMF) and subscribe to the location of the UE.
  • the AMF should trigger Send PDU session release. If the operator wants to wait for the UE to enter the connection management idle state (connection management-IDLE, CM-IDLE) and let the UE release it by itself, no other action is required.
  • the UE may perform such changes based on the implementation. For example, the UE releases the PDU session immediately, or when the UE enters the CM-IDLE state, the UE releases the PDU session.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method 300 of the present application.
  • the method 300 can be applied in the above application scenarios, and of course can also be applied in other communication scenarios, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method 300 shown in FIG. 14 may include S310 to S370. Each step in the method 300 will be described in detail below with reference to Figure 14.
  • the AMF obtains network slice information.
  • the network slice information includes the identification information of the network slice.
  • the network slice information also includes the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information of the network slice, where the The first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice.
  • first time indication information and first location indication information of the network slice For the identification information, first time indication information and first location indication information of the network slice, reference can be made to the relevant description of Figure 12 above, which will not be described again here.
  • the AMF may obtain information about the network slice in the following ways.
  • the NSMF sends the network slice information to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives the information of the network slice sent by the NSMF.
  • the OAM configures the network slice information locally in the AMF.
  • the NSMF sends the network slice information to the AMF through the UDM/NSSF.
  • the NSMF sends the network slice information to the UDM/NSSF.
  • the UDM/NSSF receives and sends the network slice information to the AMF.
  • the NSMF configures the network slice information on the UDM/NSSF.
  • the UDM/NSSF sends the network slice information to the AMF.
  • the above S310 describes various forms in which the AMF obtains information about the network slice.
  • the UDM can update the Subscribed S-NSSAI of the terminal device.
  • the specific process of UDM updating the Subscribed S-NSSAI of the terminal device can be referred to the relevant description in Figure 12, and will not be described again here.
  • the AMF generates local data network (Local Area Data Network, LADN) information according to the information of the network slice.
  • LADN Local Area Data Network
  • the AMF generates the LADN information according to the information of the network slice (such as the identification information of the network slice, the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information).
  • the AMF may convert the identification information of the network slice into the name DNN of the local data network.
  • the AMF locally stores multiple network slice identification information and multiple DNN correspondence tables, and the AMF determines the DNN corresponding to the network slice identification information based on the network slice identification information and the correspondence table. For another example, if the correspondence table does not include the identification information of the network slice, AMF can allocate a DNN to the network slice based on the operator's policy.
  • the AMF may determine the second time indication information and/or the second time indication information and/or the first location indication information based on the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information of the network slice.
  • Position indication information The second time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the local data network, and the available time indicated by the second time indication information is less than or equal to the available time indicated by the first time indication information.
  • the second location indication information is used to indicate available cells of the local data network, and the available cells indicated by the second location indication information are smaller than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information.
  • the LADN information includes DNN.
  • the LADN information includes DNN and second time indication information.
  • the LADN information includes the name DNN of the local data network and the second location indication information.
  • the LADN information includes the name DNN of the local data network, second time indication information, and second location indication information.
  • the available location area may be a cell granularity area or a TA granularity area.
  • the form of the second time indication information may refer to the form of the first time indication information, which will not be described again here.
  • the second time indication information may be the time length of the LADN service.
  • the second location indication information may include a cell identifier (list), that is, the LADN information may be cell granularity, that is, the LADN service area corresponding to the LADN DNN may include cell granularity information.
  • list the LADN information may be cell granularity, that is, the LADN service area corresponding to the LADN DNN may include cell granularity information.
  • the second location indication information may include a tracking area identifier (list) and a cell identifier (list).
  • the network (such as OAM) can also directly configure the above LADN information on AMF (for example, it can be configured based on network slice information; of course, it can also be configured based on other information, such as OAM directly configured on AMF to limit the usage time. and/or cell-granular LADN information in the AMF, etc., which can enable flexible configuration of information on the AMF).
  • OAM can also directly configure the above LADN information on AMF (for example, it can be configured based on network slice information; of course, it can also be configured based on other information, such as OAM directly configured on AMF to limit the usage time. and/or cell-granular LADN information in the AMF, etc., which can enable flexible configuration of information on the AMF).
  • the AMF does not need to generate the LADN information based on the network slice information, but the UDM generates the LADN information based on the network slice information and sends the LADN to the AMF.
  • AMF when AMF obtains the information of the network slice, after converting the identification information of the network slice into a DNN, it can update the UE's subscription information in the UDM (that is, add the DNN to the DNN subscribed by the UE), indicating that the UE can Use this DNN.
  • the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information of the DNN can also be added to the subscription information of the UE, so as to limit the UE to only use the available time and/or indicated by the second time indication information. Or the available location indicated by the second location indication information uses the DNN.
  • the AMF sends the LADN information to the UE.
  • the LADN information includes the name DNN of the local data network.
  • the UE can determine whether the UE can access the DNN based on the configured URSP information or the URSP re-issued by the PCF.
  • the LADN information includes the name DNN of the local data network, and the LADN information also includes the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information.
  • the UE may determine whether the UE can request access to the LADN based on the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information included in the LADN.
  • the UE may determine that the network served by the first application is the DNN according to the configured URSP, and the UE may determine according to the third network information included in the LADN information.
  • Second time indication information and/or the second location indication information determine whether the UE can request access to the DNN.
  • the UE When the current time of the UE exceeds the available time indicated by the second time indication information, the UE does not request access to the local data network; or when the current location of the UE exceeds the available time indicated by the second location indication information When in the location area, the UE does not request access to the local data network.
  • the UE when the UE is not in the LADN available location area, the UE:
  • the UE can also release the existing PDU session of this LADN DNN.
  • the UE may have accessed the LADN DNN before, but the current location of the UE is not in the LADN available location area.
  • the UE when the UE is not available during the LADN availability time, the UE:
  • the UE can also release the existing PDU session of this LADN DNN.
  • the UE may have accessed the LADN DNN before, but the current time exceeds the available time of the LADN DNN.
  • the UE when the UE is in the LADN available location area and/or available time (when the LADN has both available location area and available time, the UE must meet the conditions of being in the LADN available location area and available time at the same time), the UE:
  • the LADN information sent by the AMF to the UE indicates the available time of the LADN DNN.
  • the available time of the LADN DNN is determined based on the available time of the network slice, thus achieving the effect of using the network slice at a specific time.
  • the LADN information sent to the UE by the AMF also indicates the available location area of the LADN DNN.
  • the available location area of the LADN DNN is determined based on the available location area of the network slice, thus achieving the effect of using the network slice in a specific location area.
  • the AMF sends the DNN of the local data network corresponding to the network slice to the PCF.
  • the AMF may also send the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information to the PCF.
  • the AMF can also send the identification information of the network slice corresponding to the LADN DNN to the PCF.
  • S350 The PCF receives the DNN, and the PCF generates URSP information based on the DNN.
  • the PCF generates URSP information according to the DNN, the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information.
  • the URSP information includes a first URSP rule, and the first URSP rule includes identification information of the DNN and the application program served by the DNN; or, the first URSP rule includes the DNN and the application program served by the DNN.
  • the first URSP rule also includes a first time window and/or a first location range corresponding to the DNN.
  • the first time window is less than or equal to the available time indicated by the second time indication information.
  • the first location range is smaller than or equal to the available location area indicated by the second location indication information.
  • the first URSP rule includes a first routing descriptor RSD, and the first RSD includes a first time window and/or a first location range corresponding to the network slice.
  • the PCF can determine the corresponding relationship between the application and the DNN based on the corresponding relationship between the application and the identification information of the network slice and the identification information of the network slice corresponding to the LADN DNN (that is, determine the TD and the corresponding RSD).
  • the PCF sends the URSP information to the UE through the AMF.
  • S370 The UE executes the URSP information.
  • Steps S350 to S370 are optional steps. Because the URSP may have been configured on the UE, and the URSP includes the LADN DNN, at this time, the PCF side does not need to send URSP information. This can reduce signaling overhead and save network resources.
  • the UE can determine the appropriate PDU session based on the URSP information, so as to avoid the end of the DNN. Time or the edge area of the DNN available location, network delays and freezes caused by instability of the DNN network (such as sudden interruptions) can improve user experience.
  • the UE may initiate a message to the network side to access the DNN included in the LADN information; or, when the UE is triggered by the first application, the UE may The configured URSP or the URSP information received through S360 determines that the network served by the first application is the DNN.
  • the UE can initiate a message to the network side to access the DNN, and the first application is an application served by the DNN.
  • the URSP information includes the identification information of the first application.
  • the UE accesses the DNN
  • the UE determines the PDU session mapped by the first application based on the configured URSP or the URSP information received through S360.
  • the UE determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on obtaining the LADN information, thereby achieving the effect of using the network slice in a specific time and in a specific area. If the UE determines incorrectly, for example, the current time has exceeded the available time indicated by the second time indication information and/or the current location of the UE has exceeded the available location area indicated by the second location indication information, but the UE determines that it can access the DNN, at this time the network side such as AMF and SMF can be verified again. At the same time, when the UE determines a suitable PDU session based on the URSP information issued by the PCF, the URSP information includes the first time window and/or the first location range.
  • the first time window setting takes into account the available time of the DNN.
  • the setting of the first location range takes into account the available location area of the DNN.
  • the PDU session determined by the UE based on the URSP information satisfies the available time and/or available location area of the DNN, thereby achieving the goal of using the network slice in a specific time and area. Effect. As a result, network slicing can be deployed flexibly on the network side.
  • method 300 may also include the AMF subscribing the location of the UE to the RAN.
  • the AMF sends the LADN information to the RAN, and the RAN reports the current actual location of the UE according to the second location indication information included in the LADN information or reports whether the UE is within the location range indicated by the second location indication information.
  • the AMF subscribes to the RAN for the location of the UE based on the LADN information.
  • the AMF can subscribe (or obtain) the location information of the UE to the RAN based on the LADN information.
  • the AMF sets a reporting area (Presence Reporting Area, PRA) based on the location indication information of the LADN information, and sends the PRA to the access
  • PRA Presence Reporting Area
  • the network equipment RAN reports whether the UE is within the PRA range, and the AMF determines whether the UE can use the DNN based on the UE's current location.
  • the SMF on the network side will also verify whether the UE can access the DNN when the UE initiates a message to access the DNN.
  • the SMF when the SMF receives a request from the UE to establish a PDU session with the LADN DNN, it can subscribe to the "UE mobility event notification" and/or "UE service time notification" to the AMF, so that the AMF reports to the SMF whether the UE In available location area and/or available time. Specifically include the following situations:
  • the SMF when the SMF is informed by the AMF that the UE exists in the LADN available location area and/or available time as OUT (that is, the UE is not in the LADN available location area and/or available time), the SMF should:
  • the SMF can release the PDU session.
  • the SMF when the SMF is informed by the AMF that the UE exists in the LADN available location area and/or the available time is IN (that is, the UE is in the LADN available location area and/or available time), the SMF should: enable data notification.
  • the SMF receives downlink data or data notifications from the UPF, the network triggering the LADN PDU session triggers the service request process to activate the UP connection.
  • the SMF when the SMF is informed that the presence of the UE in the LADN available location area and/or available time is unknown, the SMF can: enable data notification, SMF subscribes to the UPF for events of received downlink data packets, and the UPF The SMF will be notified when the first downlink data packet (of a certain quality of service flow) is received. In this way, when the SMF receives downlink data or data notifications from the UPF, the network that triggers the LADN PDU session triggers the service request process. to activate the UP connection.
  • the SMF can also obtain (from AMF or UDM) the available location area and/or available time corresponding to the LADN DNN.
  • the AMF or UDM sends the available location area and/or available time corresponding to the LADN DNN to the SMF.
  • the SMF determines whether the UE is in the LADN available location area and/or available time based on the available location area and/or available time corresponding to the LADN DNN and the location of the UE. in particular:
  • the SMF determines that the UE exists in the LADN available location area and/or available time, it is OUT (that is, the UE is not in the LADN service area or service time window), or when the SMF determines that the UE exists in the LADN available location area and/or available time. /or the available time is IN (that is, the UE is in the LADN service area or service time window), or when the SMF determines that the UE is unknown in the LADN available location area and/or available time, the SMF can perform corresponding operations. Refer to the previous description and will not go into details here.
  • the SMF determines whether the UE is in the available location area and/or available time of the LADN based on the indication received from the AMF. Available location areas and/or available times for this LADN. In the case where the DNN is the LAND DNN, if the SMF does not receive the indication sent by the AMF, the SMF considers that the UE is not in the available location area and/or available time of the LADN. If the UE is not in the available location area and/or available time of the LADN, the SMF rejects the session management request corresponding to the LADN.
  • SM session management
  • the PCF may also send first session indication information to the UE, where the first session indication information includes the limited usage time of the network slice, and the first session indication information is used to indicate when the limited usage time of the network slice Upon expiration, the UE releases the PDU session (or re-evaluates the validity of the URSP rule (or RSD)), and the PDU session is associated with the network slice established by the UE.
  • the first session indication information includes the limited usage time of the network slice
  • the first session indication information is used to indicate when the limited usage time of the network slice
  • the UE releases the PDU session (or re-evaluates the validity of the URSP rule (or RSD)), and the PDU session is associated with the network slice established by the UE.
  • the PCF may also send second session indication information to the UE.
  • the second session indication information is used to indicate that when the UE detects that the routing verification conditions are not met, the UE should immediately release the PDU session.
  • the PDU session is a session established by the UE and associated with the network slice.
  • the AMF can determine whether the UE meets the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the network slice information, the usage time of the network slice, and the UE location. If the UE does not meet the requirements, When, for example, the current location of the UE exceeds the available location area of the network slice and/or the current time exceeds the available time of the network slice.
  • the AMF sends timing information to the UE.
  • the timing information is used to instruct the UE to release the PDU session before the time indicated by the timing information expires.
  • the service network of the PDU session is the network slice. For details, please refer to the relevant description of method 500 below.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method 400 of this application.
  • the method 400 can be applied in the above application scenarios, and of course can also be applied in other communication scenarios, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method 400 shown in FIG. 15 may include S410 to S480. Each step in the method 400 will be described in detail below with reference to Figure 15.
  • the SMF obtains network slice information.
  • the network slice information includes the identification information of the network slice.
  • the network slice information also includes the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information of the network slice, where, the The first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice.
  • identification information of the network slice may refer to the relevant description in the above method 200, and will not be described again here.
  • the SMF may obtain information about the network slice in the following ways.
  • the NSMF sends the network slice information to the SMF.
  • the SMF receives the information of the network slice sent by the NSMF.
  • the NSMF configures the network slice information on the SMF.
  • the NSMF sends the network slice information to the SMF through UDM/NSSF.
  • the NSMF sends the network slice information to the UDM/NSSF.
  • the UDM/NSSF receives and sends the network slice information to the SMF.
  • the NSMF configures the network slice information on the UDM/NSSF.
  • the UDM/NSSF sends the network slice information to the SMF.
  • the SMF may also send the network slice information to the AMF, so that the network slice information is stored in the AMF.
  • the AMF, the NSSF or the UDM stores the information of the network slice, so that when the UE applies to join the network slice, the NSSF, the AMF or the UDM will be based on the first time of the network slice.
  • the interval indication information and the first location indication information are used to determine whether the UE can use the network slice.
  • the network side determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on the information of the network slice. Refer to the relevant description in S250 in method 200.
  • the SMF determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice according to the information of the network slice.
  • the SMF determines the release of the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
  • the fact that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the UE exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  • the SMF may determine whether the UE meets the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the UE's location information.
  • the SMF can subscribe to the AMF for the location information of the UE.
  • the SMF can send the identification information of the terminal device to the AMF, instructing the AMF to report the location information of the UE, and the AMF reports to the SMF whether the UE is in the available location area of the network slice.
  • the SMF determines whether the UE meets the requirements for accessing the network slice based on whether the UE is in the available location area of the network slice reported by the AMF.
  • the SMF can also use other methods to subscribe to the AMF for the UE's location.
  • the SMF may determine whether the UE meets the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the current time. If the current time exceeds the available time of the network slice, the SMF determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice.
  • the SMF After the SMF determines the release of the PDU session, it can trigger the UE to release the PDU session, or it can directly release the PDU session itself, or it can perform both methods.
  • SMF to trigger the UE to release the PDU session please refer to the description of steps S430-S570 below.
  • SMF itself can directly release the PDU session by referring to the description of step S480 below.
  • the SMF sends first timing information to the UE.
  • the first timing information is used to instruct the UE to initiate the release of the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. ask.
  • S440 The UE receives the first timing information sent by the SMF.
  • the SMF sends the reason value for denying the UE access to the network slice to the UE.
  • the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice
  • the reason value for denying the UE access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice.
  • step S430 and step S450 may be the same message, and the SMF may simultaneously send the first timing information and the cause value to the UE.
  • the SMF can send the first timing information and/or the reason value through the terminal equipment update (User Equipment Configuration update, UCU) process.
  • the terminal equipment update User Equipment Configuration update, UCU
  • steps S430 and S450 may be performed.
  • S460 The UE receives the reason value sent by the SMF for denying the UE access to the network slice.
  • S470 The UE initiates a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE according to the first timing information and/or the cause value, and releases the PDU session.
  • the UE when the UE only receives the first timing information, the UE times out within the time indicated by the first timing information. A request was previously initiated to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE, and the PDU session is released.
  • the UE when the UE only receives the reason value, the UE can immediately initiate a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE and release the PDU session; or, the UE can choose to release the PDU session based on its actual situation. Initiate a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE at a certain time, and release the PDU session.
  • the UE receives the first timing information and the cause value at the same time, and the UE initiates a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE before the time indicated by the first timing information times out, and releases the PDU session established by the UE. PDU session.
  • the UE may update the network slice to be an unavailable network slice. For example, the UE deletes the identification information of the network slice from the locally stored identification information list of allowed network slices. The UE re-evaluates the URSP rules related to the corresponding network slice, and the RSD (or URSP) including the corresponding network slice is illegal.
  • the UE receives the configuration information sent by the network side device, and the configuration information includes the identification information of the rejected network slice; the UE removes the identification information of the network slice from the locally stored identification information list of allowed network slices. delete.
  • the UE can initiate a new PDU session, such as re-evaluating the URSP, judging whether it can be associated with a new network slice based on the new URSP, and initiating a new PDU session.
  • a new PDU session such as re-evaluating the URSP, judging whether it can be associated with a new network slice based on the new URSP, and initiating a new PDU session.
  • the SMF does not receive a request sent by the UE to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE, and the SMF determines the release of the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
  • the SMF immediately releases the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
  • the SMF determines the second timing information, and when the time of the second timing information times out, the SMF releases the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
  • the first timing information may be less than or equal to the second timing information.
  • the first timing information is the time used by the UE to release the PDU session associated with the network slice
  • the second timing information is the time used by the SMF to release the PDU session associated with the network slice.
  • the first timing information and the second timing information may be timers. For example, the first timing information is timed to 1 second, and the second timing information is timed to 2 seconds.
  • the UE releases the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE within 1 second, and the SMF releases the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE within 2 seconds.
  • the SMF sets the first timing information and the second timing information so that the UE side will not immediately stop the ongoing service, and the first timing information is smaller than the second timing information, leaving more sufficient time for the UE side. , which can improve user experience.
  • step S480 is an optional step.
  • the SMF can actively release the PDU session.
  • the SMF instructs the UE to release the PDU session according to the network slice information, or when the UE fails to successfully release the PDU session, the SMF actively releases the PDU session, thereby realizing flexible deployment of network slices and reaching the network The effect of slicing in a specific area at a specific time.
  • the SMF can set timing information to instruct the UE to release the PDU session or actively release the PDU session. The timing information can prevent the UE's services from being cut off instantly, thus improving the user experience.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method 500 of the present application. This method 500 can be applied in the above application scenarios, of course It can also be applied in other communication scenarios, and this application is not limited here.
  • the method 500 shown in FIG. 16 may include S510 to S580. Each step in the method 500 will be described in detail below with reference to Figure 16 .
  • the AMF obtains network slice information.
  • the network slice information includes the identification information of the network slice.
  • the network slice information also includes the first time indication information and/or the second location indication information of the network slice, where the The first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice.
  • identification information of the network slice may refer to the relevant description in the above method 200, and will not be described again here.
  • the AMF may store the network slice information in the NSSF or UDM.
  • the AMF, the NSSF or the UDM stores the network slice information, so that the UE can
  • the NSSF or the AMF or the UDM determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on the first time indication information and the first location indication information of the network slice.
  • the network side determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on the information of the network slice.
  • the AMF determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice according to the information of the network slice.
  • the AMF determines the release of the PDU session associated with the network slice or the local data network established by the UE.
  • the fact that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the UE exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  • the AMF may determine whether the UE meets the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the UE's location information.
  • the AMF can subscribe to (or obtain) the location information of the UE from the RAN based on the information of the network slice, and the AMF can set a reporting area (Presence Reporting Area, PRA) based on the first location indication information of the network slice, and The PRA is sent to the RAN, and the RAN reports the actual location of the UE.
  • PRA Presence Reporting Area
  • the AMF can determine whether the UE meets the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the current actual location information of the UE.
  • the AMF can also use other methods to subscribe to the RAN for the location of the UE.
  • the AMF may determine whether the UE meets the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the current time. If the current time exceeds the available time of the network slice, the AMF determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice.
  • the AMF After the AMF determines the release of the PDU session, it can trigger the UE to release the PDU session, or it can trigger the SMF to release the PDU session, or both of these methods can be performed.
  • AMF to trigger the UE to release the PDU session please refer to the description of steps S530-S570 below.
  • AMF to trigger SMF to release the PDU session please refer to the description of step S580 below.
  • the AMF sends the first timing information to the UE.
  • the first timing information is used to instruct the UE to initiate the release of the network slice or the local data network established by the UE before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. Request for associated PDU session.
  • S540 The UE receives the first timing information sent by the AMF.
  • the AMF sends the reason value for denying the UE access to the network slice to the UE.
  • the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice
  • the reason value for denying the UE access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice.
  • step S530 and step S550 may be the same message, and the AMF may simultaneously send the first timing information and the cause value to the UE.
  • the AMF can send the first timing information and/or cause value through the UCU process.
  • step S530 and step S550 may be performed.
  • S560 The UE receives the reason value sent by the AMF for denying the UE access to the network slice.
  • S570 The UE initiates a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE according to the first timing information and/or the cause value, and releases the PDU session.
  • S580 The AMF does not receive a request sent by the UE to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE, and the AMF determines the release of the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
  • the AMF immediately sends a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE to the SMF.
  • the AMF determines the second timing information, and when the time of the second timing information times out, the AMF sends a request to the SMF to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
  • the first timing information may be less than or equal to the second timing information.
  • the first timing information is the time used by the UE to release the PDU session associated with the network slice
  • the second timing information is the time used by the AMF to release the PDU session associated with the network slice.
  • the first timing information and the second timing information may be timers. For example, the first timing information is timed to 1 second, and the second timing information is timed to 2 seconds.
  • the UE releases the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE within 1 second, and the AMF sends a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE to the SMF within 2 seconds.
  • the AMF sets the first timing information and the second timing information so that the UE side will not stop the ongoing service immediately, and the first timing information is smaller than the second timing information, leaving more sufficient time for the UE side. , which can improve user experience.
  • step S580 is an optional step.
  • the AMF may send a request to the SMF to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
  • the AMF instructs the UE to release the PDU session according to the network slice information, or when the UE fails to successfully release the PDU session, the AMF can send a release message to the SMF that is associated with the network slice established by the UE. PDU session request, thereby realizing flexible deployment of network slices and achieving the effect of using network slices at specific times and in specific areas.
  • the SMF can set timing information to instruct the UE to release the PDU session or actively release the PDU session. The timing information can prevent the UE's services from being cut off instantly, thus improving the user experience.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method 600 of the present application. This method 600 can be applied in the above application scenarios, and of course can also be applied in other communication scenarios, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method 600 shown in FIG. 17 may include S610 to S690. Each step in the method 600 will be described in detail below with reference to Figure 17.
  • AMF obtains network slice information.
  • the network slice information includes the S-NSSAI of the network slice.
  • the network slice information also includes the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information of the network slice, where, The first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice.
  • identification information of the network slice may refer to the relevant description in the above method 200, and will not be described again here.
  • the specific process for the AMF to obtain the information of the network slice may refer to the description of the above step S310, which will not be described again here.
  • the AMF, NSSF or UDM may store the network slice information.
  • the AMF, NSSF or UDM stores the network slice information, so that the UE
  • the NSSF or the AMF or the UDM determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on the first time indication information and the first location indication information of the network slice.
  • the network side determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on the information of the network slice. Refer to the relevant description in S250 in method 200.
  • the AMF sends the network slice information to the access network device RAN.
  • the AMF may send the network slice information to the RAN through a registration acceptance message.
  • the AMF may send the network slice information to the RAN through a UE update configuration message.
  • the RAN receives the network slice information sent by the AMF.
  • S640 The RAN broadcasts the supported identification information of the network slice in the corresponding cell.
  • the RAN broadcasts the supported identification information and the first time indication information of the network slice within the time indicated by the first time indication information of the network slice.
  • This first time indication information When the UE receives the identification information of the network slice and the first time indication information, if the PDU session associated with the network slice is ongoing on the UE, the UE may, according to the first time indication information, indicate at the first time Before the time indicated by the information times out, initiate a request to release the PDU session.
  • the RAN broadcasts the supported identification information and the first location indication information of the network slice in the cell indicated by the first location indication information of the network slice. the first location indication information.
  • the UE may move to the UE according to the first location indication information.
  • the UE initiates a request to release the PDU session.
  • the RAN is within the time indicated by the first time indication information of the network slice.
  • the information of the supported network slice is broadcast in the cell indicated by the location indication information.
  • the UE may use the first time indication information according to the and the first location indication information, initiate a request to release the PDU session, such as before the time indicated by the first time indication information times out and/or when the UE moves outside the location area indicated by the first location indication information. A request to release this PDU session.
  • the RAN When the RAN receives information about the network slice that includes the first location indication information, the RAN broadcasts the supported information about the network slice in the cell indicated by the first location indication information of the network slice and does not broadcast it in other cells. It can save signaling overhead and save network resources.
  • the RAN determines the release of the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
  • the fact that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the UE exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  • the RAN After the RAN determines the release of the PDU session, it can trigger the UE to release the PDU session, or it can trigger the SMF to release the PDU session, or both methods can be performed.
  • the RAN to trigger the UE to release the PDU session please refer to the description of steps S660-S670 below.
  • the RAN to trigger SMF to release the PDU session please refer to the description of steps S680 and S690 below.
  • the RAN sends first timing information, where the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to initiate a release request for the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice before the time indicated by the first timing information times out.
  • the RAN may send the first timing information to the UE in a broadcast or unicast manner.
  • the RAN may broadcast the first timing information, and each UE that receives the broadcast first timing information may initiate protocol data associated with the network slice before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. Release request for unit session.
  • the RAN may unicast the first timing information to the UE,
  • the UE that receives the timing information may initiate a release request for the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice before the time indicated by the first timing information expires.
  • the RAN can also broadcast messages according to the instructions of AMF and SMF.
  • the indication information may be sent to the RAN.
  • the indication information includes the first timing information, and the indication information is used to instruct the RAN.
  • the first timing message is broadcast, the RAN receives the indication information, and the RAN broadcasts a message, and the broadcast message includes the first timing information.
  • the RAN sends a reason value for denying the UE access to the network slice to the UE.
  • the reason value for denying the UE access to the network slice can be referred to the previous description in Figure 12, and will not be described again this time.
  • the RAN may simultaneously send the first timing information and the cause value to the UE.
  • the RAN sends the first timing information to the UE, and the RAN may only perform one of the steps by sending the cause value to the UE.
  • the way in which the RAN sends the cause value to the UE may refer to the way in which the RAN sends the first timing information to the UE, which will not be described again here.
  • the UE When the UE receives the first timing information and/or the cause value, it initiates a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE, and releases the PDU session.
  • the UE initiates a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE. Release The process of this PDU session can be referred to the description in Figure 12 and will not be described again this time.
  • the RAN determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the network slice information, the RAN determines to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
  • the fact that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the UE exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  • the RAN determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the RAN immediately notifies the AMF that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area, and the tracking area is a cell covered by the RAN.
  • the RAN determines the second timing information, and when the time of the second timing information times out, the RAN notifies the AMF that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area, and the tracking area is a cell covered by the RAN.
  • the RAN sends an interface configuration update (NG configuration update) message to the AMF.
  • the interface configuration update message is used to notify the AMF that the current network slice is unavailable in the current TA.
  • the current TA is a cell covered by the RAN.
  • the first timing information may be less than or equal to the second timing information.
  • the first timing information is the time used by the UE to release the PDU session associated with the network slice.
  • the second timing information is the time used by the RAN to release the PDU session associated with the network slice.
  • the first timing information and the third timing information are used by the RAN to release the PDU session associated with the network slice.
  • the second timing information may be a timer, for example, the first timing information is timed to 1 second, and the second timing information is timed to 2 seconds.
  • the UE releases the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE within 1 second, and the RAN notifies the AMF that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area within 2 seconds.
  • the RAN sets the first timing information and the second timing information so that the UE side will not immediately stop the ongoing service, and the first timing information is smaller than the second timing information, leaving more sufficient time for the UE side. , which can improve user experience.
  • the AMF receives the interface configuration update message and triggers a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
  • step S680 and step S690 are optional steps.
  • the RAN may actively initiate the release of the PDU session.
  • the RAN In the method 600, the RAN generates first timing information according to the network slice information.
  • the first timing information is used to instruct the UE to release the PDU session before the time expires indicated by the first timing information, or the RAN releases the PDU session before the time expires indicated by the first timing information.
  • the RAN sends an interface configuration update message to the AMF.
  • the interface configuration update message is used to notify the AMF that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area TA, thereby realizing flexible deployment of network slices and reaching the network The effect of slicing in a specific area at a specific time.
  • timing information can prevent UE services from being cut off instantly, thereby improving user experience.
  • Method 400, method 500 and method 600 can be used in conjunction with method 200.
  • Method 200 describes how the UE accesses the network slice.
  • Method 400, method 500 and method 600 describe how when the information of the network slice is updated, the connected How does a UE entering a network slice release a PDU session whose serving network is the network slice?
  • the SMF is vSMF
  • the AMF is vAMF
  • the PCF is hPCF.
  • the NSMF It can be vNSMF or hNSMF.
  • the SMF is vSMF
  • the AMF is vAMF
  • the PCF is hPCF.
  • the NSMF may be vNSMF or hNSMF.
  • network slicing information can also be configured on the RAN (which can be configured by the operator), and the RAN reports it to the AMF through the N2 interface (for example, when the link is established), and the AMF further reports it to the NSSF or other network elements.
  • This implementation can be applied in the above-mentioned method 200, method 300, method 400, method 500 and method 600.
  • the above-mentioned information about the network slice may also include service information, where the service information is used to indicate a service, and the service network for the service is the network slice.
  • the business information may include one or more of the following information:
  • the network slice can also be expressed as: the services in the slice can only be used in the corresponding location or time window.
  • Figure 18 shows a schematic block diagram of the communication device 700 of the present application.
  • the communication device 700 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip or circuit, such as a chip or circuit that may be provided in the terminal device.
  • the communication device 700 may be an access network device, or may be a chip or circuit, such as a chip or circuit that may be provided in the access network device.
  • the communication device 700 can be a core network device (such as a policy control function network element, a session management function network element, an access and mobility management function network element), or a chip or a circuit, for example, it can be provided in the core Chips or circuits of network equipment.
  • a core network device such as a policy control function network element, a session management function network element, an access and mobility management function network element
  • a chip or a circuit for example, it can be provided in the core Chips or circuits of network equipment.
  • the communication device 700 may include a processing unit 710 (ie, an example of a processor) and a transceiver unit 730.
  • the processing unit 710 may also be called a determining unit.
  • the transceiver unit 730 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit 730 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit or an interface circuit.
  • the communication device may further include a storage unit 720.
  • the storage unit 720 is used to store instructions.
  • the storage unit can also be used to store data or information.
  • the storage unit 720 may be implemented by a memory.
  • the processing unit 710 is used to execute instructions stored in the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the policy control function network element in the above method.
  • the processing unit 710 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the policy control function network element in the above method.
  • the processing unit 710 is used to execute instructions stored in the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the access and mobility management function network element in the above method.
  • the processing unit 710 can be used to call the data of the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the access and mobility management function network element in the above method.
  • the processing unit 710 is used to execute instructions stored in the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the session management function network element in the above method.
  • the processing unit 710 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the session management function network element in the above method.
  • the processing unit 710 is used to execute instructions stored in the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the above method.
  • the processing unit 710 can be used to call the data of the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the above method.
  • the processing unit 710 is used to execute instructions stored in the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the access network device in the above method.
  • the processing unit 710 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the access network device in the above method.
  • the processing unit 710, the storage unit 720, and the transceiver unit 730 can communicate with each other through internal connection paths to transmit control and/or data signals.
  • the storage unit 720 is used to store a computer program, and the processing unit 710 can be used to call and run the computer program from the storage unit 720 to control the transceiver unit 730 to receive signals and/or send signals to complete the above method. Steps for session management function network element, policy control function network element, access and mobility management function network element, terminal equipment or access network equipment.
  • the storage unit 720 may be integrated in the processing unit 710 , or may be provided separately from the processing unit 710 .
  • the transceiver unit 730 includes a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the receiver and transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively called transceivers.
  • the transceiver unit 730 may be a sending unit or a transmitter when sending information, and the transceiver unit 730 may be a receiving unit or a transmitter when receiving information.
  • Receiver the transceiver unit can be a transceiver, and the transceiver, transmitter or receiver can be a radio frequency circuit.
  • the communication device includes a storage unit, the storage unit is used to store computer instructions, and the processor is communicatively connected to the memory, The processor executes computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device can execute any one of methods 300 to 700.
  • the processor can be a general central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, or an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC).
  • the transceiver unit 730 includes an input interface and an output interface.
  • the transceiver unit 730 may be an input and/or output interface, a pin or a circuit. wait.
  • the processing unit 710 can execute computer execution instructions stored in the storage unit, so that the communication device can execute method 200, method 500 or method 600.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit within the chip, such as a register, cache, etc.
  • the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal, such as a read-only memory (Read Only Memory). Only Memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, Random Access Memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), etc.
  • Read Only Memory Read Only Memory
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • the function of the transceiver unit 730 may be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver.
  • the processing unit 710 may be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processing unit or a general-purpose chip.
  • a general-purpose computer to implement the communication equipment (such as terminal equipment, core network equipment, or access network equipment) provided in the embodiments of the present application. That is, the program codes that implement the functions of the processing unit 710 and the transceiver unit 730 are stored in the storage unit 720 , and the general processing unit implements the functions of the processing unit 710 and the transceiver unit 730 by executing the codes in the storage unit 720 .
  • the communication device 700 may be a policy control function network element, or a chip or circuit provided in the policy control function network element.
  • the transceiver unit 730 is used to obtain network slice information, where the network slice information includes an identifier of the network slice. Information, the information of the network slice also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, wherein the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication The information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice.
  • the processing unit 710 is used to generate user routing policy information according to the information of the network slice; the transceiver unit 730 is also used to provide the terminal device with access and mobility management function network elements. Send the user routing policy information.
  • the user routing policy information includes first user routing policy rules, and the first user routing policy rules include identification information of the network slice and identification information of the application program served by the network slice.
  • the first user routing policy rule also includes a first time window and/or a first location range corresponding to the network slice.
  • the first time window is less than or equal to the available time indicated by the first time indication information.
  • the first location The range is smaller than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information.
  • the transceiver unit 730 is specifically configured to: receive information about the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or, receive information about the network slice from the access and mobility management function network element; Or, receive information for that network slice from the unified data repository.
  • each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action or processing process performed by the policy control function network element in the above method.
  • each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action or processing process performed by the policy control function network element in the above method.
  • the communication device 700 may be an access and mobility management function network element, or a chip or circuit provided in the access and mobility management function network element.
  • the transceiver unit 730 is used to obtain network slice information.
  • the network slice information includes network The identification information of the network slice, the information of the network slice also includes the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information of the network slice, wherein the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the third time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice.
  • a location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; the processing unit 710 is used to process the information of the network slice.
  • the transceiver unit 730 is specifically configured to send the network slice information to the policy control function network element.
  • the processing unit 710 is specifically configured to: generate local data network information according to the information of the network slice, where the local data network information includes the name of the local data network, and the local data network information also includes a second time indication. information and/or second location indication information, the second time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the local data network, the second location indication information is used to indicate the available cells of the local data network, wherein the second time The available time indicated by the indication information is less than or equal to the available time indicated by the first time indication information, and the available cell indicated by the second location indication information is less than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information;
  • the transceiver unit is also used to send the local data network information to the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 730 is further configured to: send the name of the local data network corresponding to the network slice to the policy control function network element.
  • the transceiver unit 730 is further configured to: send the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information to the policy control function network element.
  • the processing unit 710 is specifically configured to: determine according to the information of the network slice that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, and the transceiver unit 730 is specifically configured to: determine based on the information of the network slice If the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the first timing information is sent to the terminal device. The first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the terminal before the time indicated by the first timing information expires.
  • the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice or the local data network established by the device, where the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and /Or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  • the processing unit 710 is specifically configured to: determine according to the information of the network slice that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice
  • the transceiver unit 730 is specifically configured to: determine based on the information of the network slice
  • a reason value for refusing the terminal device to access the network slice is sent to the terminal device, where, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, The current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the The requirement for accessing the network slice is that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice. location area.
  • the processing unit 710 is specifically configured to: determine the second timing information when it is determined according to the information of the network slice that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, wherein the terminal device does not Complying with the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice; the transceiver unit 730 is also used to: When the time of the second timing information times out, a request to release the protocol data unit session established by the terminal device and associated with the network slice or the local data network is sent to the session management function network element.
  • the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
  • the transceiver unit 730 is specifically configured to: receive information about the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or, receive information about the network slice from the unified data management network element; or, receive information from the network slice management function network element. Information about the network slice of the network slice selection function network element.
  • each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action performed by the access and mobility management function network element in the above method or The detailed description of the processing process is omitted here to avoid redundancy.
  • the communication device 700 may be a session management function network element, or a chip or circuit provided in the session management function network element.
  • the transceiver unit 730 is used to obtain network slice information.
  • the network slice information includes network slice identification information.
  • the information of the network slice also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, where the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information used to indicate the available location area of the network slice;
  • the processing unit 710 is used to determine, according to the information of the network slice, that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, determine the network slice established by the terminal device and related to the network slice Release of the associated protocol data unit session, where the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the network slice The available location area for slices.
  • the transceiver unit 730 is further configured to: send first timing information to the terminal device, where the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the terminal before the time indicated by the first timing information expires.
  • the processing unit 710 is also configured to: determine that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice according to the information of the network slice; the transceiver unit is also configured to: When the network slice information determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, a reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is sent to the terminal device, where, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, The requirement of network slicing is that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, When the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate the current location of the terminal device. Exceeds the available location area for this network slice.
  • the processing unit 710 is also configured to: determine second timing information when the information of the network slice determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, wherein the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice. Complying with the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice; when the time of the second timing information exceeds From time to time, the session management function network element releases the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device.
  • the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
  • the transceiver unit 730 is specifically configured to: receive information about the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or, receive information about the network slice from the unified data management network element; or, receive information from the network slice management function network element. Information about the network slice of the network slice selection function network element.
  • each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action or processing process performed by the session management function network element in the above method.
  • each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action or processing process performed by the session management function network element in the above method.
  • the communication device 700 may be an access network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the access network device.
  • the transceiver unit 730 is used to receive network slice information sent by the access and mobility management function network element.
  • the network slice information Including identification information of the network slice, the information of the network slice also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, wherein the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, The first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; the processing unit 710 is used to configure the access network device according to the network slice.
  • the slice information determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, it is determined to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, wherein the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network.
  • the requirement of a slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  • the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, including: the access network device instructs the terminal device through a broadcast message or a unicast message. Initiate release of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice before a time indicated by the first timing information expires.
  • the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, including: the access network device sends a message to the terminal device denying the terminal device access to the network slice.
  • the reason value of the network slice When the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice. The reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used.
  • the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, which further includes: when the access network device times out in the second timing information, the access network device The access network device notifies the access and mobility management function network element that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area, and the tracking area is a cell covered by the access network device.
  • each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action or processing process performed by the access network device in the above method.
  • each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action or processing process performed by the access network device in the above method.
  • its detailed description is omitted.
  • the communication device 700 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 730 is used to receive the first timing information sent by the network device, and the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device in the first step.
  • the processing unit 710 is configured to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice within the time indicated by the first timing information. The protocol data unit session is released before the time expires.
  • the transceiver unit 730 receives the first timing information through a broadcast message or a unicast message.
  • the transceiver unit 730 receives the first timing information through a configuration update message of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives a reason value sent by the network device for denying the terminal device access to the network slice, wherein when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the terminal device is The current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, When the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate The current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  • the terminal device when the network device is an access network device, the terminal device transmits a broadcast message or Unicast messages receive the cause value.
  • the terminal device when the network device is a core network device, the terminal device receives the cause value through a configuration update message of the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 710 is further configured to delete the identification information of the network slice from a locally stored list of allowed network slice selection auxiliary information.
  • each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action or process performed by the terminal device in the above method.
  • the details are omitted. illustrate.
  • the communication device 700 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 730 is used to receive local data network information sent by the access and mobility management function network element, where the local data network information includes local data network information.
  • the local data network information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information. The first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the local data network.
  • the first location indication information is used To indicate the available location area of the local data network, the available location area indicated by the first location indication information is at cell granularity; the processing unit 710 is configured to determine whether the terminal device can access the local data according to the local data network information. network.
  • the processing unit 710 is specifically configured to: when the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time indicated by the first time indication information, the terminal device does not access the local data network; or, when When the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area indicated by the first location indication information, the terminal device does not access the local data network.
  • each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action or process performed by the terminal device in the above method.
  • the details are omitted. illustrate.
  • the processing unit 710 can be implemented by a processor
  • the storage unit 720 can be implemented by a memory
  • the transceiver unit 730 can be implemented by a transceiver, as shown in Figure 19.
  • Figure 19 is a communication device provided by this application. Schematic diagram of the structure of 800.
  • Communication device 800 may include a processor 810, a memory 820, and a transceiver 830.
  • the processor 810, the memory 820 and the transceiver 830 are respectively used to implement the functions of the processing unit 710, the storage unit 720 and the transceiver unit 730.
  • Figure 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 900 provided by this application.
  • the terminal device 900 can perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • FIG. 20 shows only the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 900 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs. For example, it is used to support the terminal device to execute the above instruction method of the transmission precoding matrix in the embodiment. the action described.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, such as the codebook described in the above embodiment.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • enter Output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor.
  • the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 20 only shows one memory and processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be called a storage medium or a storage device, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data.
  • the processor in Figure 20 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processor.
  • the baseband processor and the central processor can also be independent processors and are interconnected through technologies such as buses.
  • the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing communication protocols and communication data can be built into the processor, or can be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to implement the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and the control circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit 910 of the terminal device 900
  • the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit 920 of the terminal device 900
  • the terminal device 900 includes a transceiver unit 910 and a processing unit 920.
  • the transceiver unit may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver device, etc.
  • the devices used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver unit 910 can be regarded as a receiving unit, and the devices used in the transceiver unit 910 used to implement the transmitting function can be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • FIG 21 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device 1000 provided by this application, which can be used to implement the functions of the access network device in the above method.
  • the access network equipment 1000 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1010 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also called a digital unit, DU)1020.
  • RRU 1010 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, etc., and may include at least one antenna 1011 and a radio frequency unit 1012.
  • the RRU 1010 part is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling messages described in the above embodiment to the terminal equipment.
  • the BBU1120 part is mainly used for baseband processing, base station control, etc.
  • the RRU 1110 and the BBU 1120 may be physically installed together or physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU1020 is the control center of the base station, which can also be called a processing unit. It is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum, etc.
  • the BBU (processing unit) 1020 can be used to control
  • the access network device executes the operation process of the access network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the BBU 1020 may be composed of one or more single boards. Multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), or may support different access networks respectively. standard wireless access network.
  • the BBU 1020 also includes a memory 1021 and a processor 1022.
  • the memory 1021 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 1021 stores the codebook etc. in the above embodiment.
  • the processor 1022 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform the operation process of the network equipment in the above method embodiment.
  • the memory 1021 and processor 1022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and processor can be set independently on each board. It is also possible for multiple boards to share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can also be installed on each board.
  • SoC system-on-chip
  • all or part of the functions of part 1020 and part 1010 can be implemented by SoC technology, for example, by a base station function chip Implementation, the base station function chip integrates processor, memory, antenna interface and other devices.
  • the program of the base station related functions is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the related functions of the base station.
  • the base station function chip can also read the memory external to the chip to implement related functions of the base station.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU).
  • the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), or dedicated integrated processors.
  • Circuit application specific integrated circuit, ASIC
  • off-the-shelf programmable gate array field programmable gate array, FPGA
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • non-volatile memory may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • RAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any other combination.
  • the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may To be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center via a wireline (e.g.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that contains one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable medium for storing computer program code.
  • the computer program includes instructions for executing the network slicing method of the present application in the above-mentioned methods 200 to 600.
  • the readable medium can be read-only memory (ROM) or random access memory (RAM), which is not limited in this application.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the core network equipment, terminal equipment, and access network equipment can execute core steps corresponding to the above methods. network equipment, terminal equipment, access network equipment or terminal equipment.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a communication system, which includes the above-mentioned communication device, access network equipment, and terminal equipment provided by the present application.
  • the communication system can complete a network slicing communication method provided by the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip.
  • the system chip includes: a processing unit and a communication unit.
  • the processing unit may be, for example, a processor.
  • the communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit.
  • the processing unit can execute computer instructions to cause the chip in the communication device to execute the network slicing communication method provided by the present application.
  • the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
  • the storage unit is a storage unit within the chip, such as a register, cache, etc.
  • the storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip within the terminal, such as ROM or other storage unit that can store static information and instructions.
  • the processor mentioned in any of the above places may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for executing programs that control the communication method of the network slice.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, such as multiple units or groups.
  • the software can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be omitted, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A network slicing-based communication method, a communication apparatus, an access network device, and a terminal device. The method comprises: a policy control function network element obtaining information of a network slice, wherein the information of the network slice comprises identification information of the network slice, and further comprises first time indication information and/or first position indication information of the network slice, the first time indication information is used for indicating available time for the network slice, and the first position indication information is used for indicating an available position area for the network slice; the policy control function network element generating user route selection policy information according to the information of the network slice; and sending the user route selection policy information to a terminal device by means of an access and mobility management function network element.

Description

一种网络切片的通信方法、通信装置、接入网设备和终端设备A network slicing communication method, communication device, access network equipment and terminal equipment
本申请要求于2022年05月06日提交中华人民共和国知识产权局、申请号为202210488329.1、发明名称为“一种网络切片的通信方法、通信装置、接入网设备和终端设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application is required to be submitted to the Intellectual Property Office of the People's Republic of China on May 6, 2022. The application number is 202210488329.1 and the invention title is "A communication method, communication device, access network equipment and terminal equipment for network slicing". priority, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体的,涉及一种网络切片的通信方法、通信装置、接入网设备和终端设备。The present application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a network slicing communication method, communication device, access network equipment, and terminal equipment.
背景技术Background technique
网络切片(Network slicing)是通过切片技术在一个通用硬件基础上虚拟出多个端到端的网络,每个网络具有不同网络功能,适配不同类型服务需求。网络切片技术可以让运营商在一个硬件基础设施切分出多个虚拟的网络,按需分配资源、灵活组合能力,满足各种业务的不同需求。现有网络切片是部署在跟踪区(Tracking Area,TA)粒度的,而且现有网络切片更新缓慢,随着多样化业务的出现,需要更灵活的部署网络切片,如网络切片允许在某个时间段使用,如网络切片允许在某个位置区域使用,网络切片的服务区域可能与现有TA匹配,但是也可以不同。Network slicing uses slicing technology to virtualize multiple end-to-end networks based on a common hardware. Each network has different network functions and adapts to different types of service requirements. Network slicing technology allows operators to split multiple virtual networks on a hardware infrastructure, allocate resources on demand, and flexibly combine capabilities to meet the different needs of various services. Existing network slices are deployed at Tracking Area (TA) granularity, and the existing network slices are updated slowly. With the emergence of diversified services, more flexible deployment of network slices is required. For example, network slices allow network slices to be deployed at a certain time. Segment use, for example, network slicing allows use in a certain location area. The service area of the network slice may match the existing TA, but it may also be different.
因此,当网络切片在某一时间段、某一位置区域内部署时,如何在该网络切片下进行通信,是一项亟待解决的问题。Therefore, when a network slice is deployed in a certain time period and a certain location area, how to communicate under the network slice is an urgent problem that needs to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种网络切片的通信方法、通信装置、接入网设备和终端设备,可以实现在网络侧部署了限制使用时间和/或使用位置的网络切片时,不同网元设备在该网络切片下进行通信。This application provides a communication method, communication device, access network equipment and terminal equipment for network slicing, which can realize that when a network slice is deployed on the network side that limits the use time and/or use location, different network element devices can be configured in the network slice. communicate below.
第一方面,提供了一种网络切片的通信方法(例如,可参考图13中PCF执行的方法),包括:策略控制功能网元获取网络切片的信息(可参考步骤S210的描述),其中,该网络切片的信息包括该网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域,该策略控制功能网元根据该网络切片的信息生成用户路由选择策略信息(可参考步骤S220的描述);该策略控制功能网元通过接入和移动管理功能网元向终端设备发送该用户路由选择策略信息(可参考步骤S230的描述)。In the first aspect, a network slice communication method is provided (for example, refer to the method executed by PCF in Figure 13), including: the policy control function network element obtains network slice information (refer to the description of step S210), wherein, The network slice information includes identification information of the network slice, and the network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, where the first time indication information is used to indicate the The available time of the network slice, the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice, and the policy control function network element generates user routing policy information based on the information of the network slice (refer to the description of step S220); The policy control function network element sends the user routing policy information to the terminal device through the access and mobility management function network element (please refer to the description of step S230).
因此,在本申请中,策略控制功能网元获取该网络切片的信息并根据该网络切片的信息生成用户路由选择策略信息,该网络切片的信息包括了该第一时间指示信息和/或该第一位置指示信息,该策略控制功能网元通过接入和移动管理功能网元向终端设备发送该用户路由选择策略信息,该终端设备在收到该用户路由选择策略信息时,可以根据该用户路 由选择策略信息的限定(如该第一时间指示信息和/或该第一位置指示信息)加入该网络切片。从而实现了灵活部署网络切片,达到网络切片在特定时间、特定区域使用的效果。Therefore, in this application, the policy control function network element obtains the information of the network slice and generates user routing policy information according to the information of the network slice. The information of the network slice includes the first time indication information and/or the third time indication information. A location indication information. The policy control function network element sends the user routing policy information to the terminal device through the access and mobility management function network element. When the terminal device receives the user routing policy information, it can based on the user route. The network slice is added based on the definition of the selection policy information (such as the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information). This enables flexible deployment of network slicing and the use of network slicing in specific areas at specific times.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该用户路由选择策略信息包括第一用户路由选择策略规则,该第一用户路由选择策略规则包括该网络切片的标识信息、该网络切片服务的应用程序的标识信息,该第一用户路由选择策略规则还包括该网络切片对应的第一时间窗口和/或第一位置范围,该第一时间窗口小于或者等于该第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间,该第一位置范围小于或者等于该第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation of the first aspect, the user routing policy information includes a first user routing policy rule, and the first user routing policy rule includes identification information of the network slice, the The identification information of the application program of the network slice service. The first user routing policy rule also includes the first time window and/or the first location range corresponding to the network slice. The first time window is less than or equal to the first time indication. The available time indicated by the information, the first location range is less than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information.
在本申请中,该第一用户路由选择策略规则通过该网络切片的标识信息和该网络切片服务的应用程序的标识信息关联了该网络切片和该网络切片服务的应用程序,终端设备根据该第一用户路由选择策略规则,在该终端设备使用该应用程序时,该终端设备选择申请接入该网络切片。同时,该该第一时间窗口小于或者等于该第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间,该第一位置范围小于或者等于该第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域,避免了该终端设备在该网络切片的临近结束时间或者边缘可用位置区域时,由于该网络切片的不稳定,带来的网络延迟、卡顿,可以提高用户体验度。In this application, the first user routing policy rule associates the network slice and the application program of the network slice service through the identification information of the network slice and the identification information of the application program of the network slice service, and the terminal device is configured according to the first user routing policy rule. A user routing policy rule, when the terminal device uses the application, the terminal device chooses to apply for access to the network slice. At the same time, the first time window is less than or equal to the available time indicated by the first time indication information, and the first location range is less than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information, thereby preventing the terminal device from being When the network slice is close to the end time or the edge location area is available, the network delay and freeze caused by the instability of the network slice can improve the user experience.
可选的,该第一用户路由选择策略包括第一路线选择描述符,该第一路线选择描述符包括该第一时间窗口和/或第一位置范围。Optionally, the first user routing policy includes a first route selection descriptor, and the first route selection descriptor includes the first time window and/or the first location range.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该策略控制功能网元获取网络切片的信息,包括:Combined with the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the policy control function network element obtains network slicing information, including:
该策略控制功能网元接收来自网络切片管理功能网元的该网络切片的信息;或,The policy control function network element receives information about the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or,
该策略控制功能网元接收来自该接入和移动管理功能网元的该网络切片的信息;或,The policy control function network element receives the information of the network slice from the access and mobility management function network element; or,
该策略控制功能网元接收来自统一数据存储库的该网络切片的信息。The policy control function network element receives information from the unified data repository for the network slice.
此外,该策略控制功能网元还可以执行图13中PCF执行的其他动作,此处不再赘述。In addition, the policy control function network element can also perform other actions performed by the PCF in Figure 13, which will not be described again here.
第二方面,提供了一种网络切片的通信方法(例如,可参考图14中AMF执行的方法),包括:接入和移动管理功能网元获取网络切片的信息(可参考步骤S310和步骤S510的描述),该网络切片的信息包括网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域;In the second aspect, a network slicing communication method is provided (for example, please refer to the method performed by the AMF in Figure 14), including: access and mobility management function network elements obtain network slice information (please refer to steps S310 and S510 description), the network slice information includes identification information of the network slice, and the network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, where the first time indication information is In order to indicate the available time of the network slice, the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice;
该接入和移动管理功能网元处理该网络切片的信息(可参考步骤S320的描述)。The access and mobility management function network element processes the information of the network slice (please refer to the description of step S320).
在本申请中,通过接入和移动管理功能网元获取并处理该网络切片的信息,可以提高网络侧处理网络切片的信息的灵活度。In this application, the network element with access and mobility management functions obtains and processes the information of the network slice, which can improve the flexibility of the network side in processing the information of the network slice.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该接入和移动管理功能网元处理该网络切片的信息,包括:该接入和移动管理功能网元向策略控制功能网元发送该网络切片的信息。Combined with the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the access and mobility management function network element processes the information of the network slice, including: the access and mobility management function network element reports to the policy control function network element sends information about this network slice.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该接入和移动管理功能网元处理该网络切片的信息,包括:该接入和移动管理功能网元根据该网络切片的信息生成本地数据网络信息(可参考步骤S320的描述),该本地数据网络信息包括本地数据网络的名称,该本地数据网络信息还包括第二时间指示信息和/或第二位置指示信息,该第二时间指示信息用于指示该本地数据网络的可用时间,该第二位置指示信息用于指示该本地数据 网络的可用小区,其中,该第二时间指示信息所指示的可用时间小于或等于该第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间,该第二位置指示信息所指示的可用小区小于或等于该第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域;该接入和移动管理功能网元向终端设备发送该本地数据网络信息。In conjunction with the second aspect, in a possible implementation of the second aspect, the access and mobility management function network element processes information of the network slice, including: the access and mobility management function network element processes information of the network slice according to The information generates local data network information (please refer to the description of step S320). The local data network information includes the name of the local data network. The local data network information also includes second time indication information and/or second location indication information. The third The second time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the local data network, and the second location indication information is used to indicate the local data network. Available cells of the network, wherein the available time indicated by the second time indication information is less than or equal to the available time indicated by the first time indication information, and the available cell indicated by the second location indication information is less than or equal to the first The available location area indicated by the location indication information; the access and mobility management function network element sends the local data network information to the terminal device.
通过接入和移动管理功能网元将该网络切片的信息生成本地数据网络信息,再将该本地数据网络信息发送给终端设备,可以实现终端设备根据当前时间和/或当前位置确定是否可以申请加入该本地数据网络信息,对现有通信流程影响较小。The access and mobility management function network element generates local data network information from the network slice information, and then sends the local data network information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can determine whether it can apply to join based on the current time and/or current location. This local data network information has little impact on existing communication processes.
可选的,该第二位置指示信息用于指示该本地数据网络的可用小区和/或可用跟踪区。Optionally, the second location indication information is used to indicate available cells and/or available tracking areas of the local data network.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还包括:该接入和移动管理功能网元向策略控制功能网元发送该网络切片对应的该本地数据网络的名称(可参考步骤S340的描述)。In conjunction with the second aspect, in a possible implementation of the second aspect, the communication method further includes: the access and mobility management function network element sending the local data network corresponding to the network slice to the policy control function network element. Name (please refer to the description of step S340).
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还包括:该接入和移动管理功能网元向策略控制功能网元发送该第二时间指示信息和/或该第二位置指示信息(可参考步骤S340的描述)。In conjunction with the second aspect, in a possible implementation of the second aspect, the communication method further includes: the access and mobility management function network element sending the second time indication information and/or the policy control function network element to the policy control function network element. Second location indication information (please refer to the description of step S340).
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该接入和移动管理功能网元处理该网络切片的信息,包括:在该接入和移动管理功能网元根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,该接入和移动管理功能网元向该终端设备发送第一定时信息(可参考步骤S530的描述),该第一定时信息用于指示该终端设备在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片或该本地数据网络相关联的协议数据单元会话,其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In conjunction with the second aspect, in a possible implementation of the second aspect, the access and mobility management function network element processes the information of the network slice, including: in the access and mobility management function network element according to the network slice When the information determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the access and mobility management function network element sends the first timing information to the terminal device (refer to the description of step S530). The first timing information Used to instruct the terminal device to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice or the local data network established by the terminal device before the time indicated by the first timing information expires, wherein the terminal device is not eligible to access the The requirement of a network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
通过向该终端设备发送该第一定时信息,该第一定时信息用于指示该终端设备在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,可以使得该终端设备的业务不会被瞬间切断,从而提升用户的感受。By sending the first timing information to the terminal device, the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the protocol data unit associated with the network slice established by the terminal device before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. Sessions can prevent the terminal device's business from being cut off instantly, thus improving the user experience.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该接入和移动管理功能网元处理该网络切片的信息,包括:在该接入和移动管理功能网元根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,该接入和移动管理功能网元向该终端设备发送拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值(可参考步骤S550的描述),其中,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间;或者,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In conjunction with the second aspect, in a possible implementation of the second aspect, the access and mobility management function network element processes the information of the network slice, including: in the access and mobility management function network element according to the network slice If the information determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the access and mobility management function network element sends a reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice to the terminal device (please refer to step S550 Description), wherein when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate to the terminal The current time of the device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice and the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the terminal device is denied access to the network slice. The cause value of a network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the end device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
通过向该终端设备发送该原因值,该终端设备在收到该原因值时释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,可以使得该终端设备的业务不会被瞬间切断,从而提升用户的感受。By sending the cause value to the terminal device, the terminal device releases the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device when receiving the cause value, so that the service of the terminal device will not be cut off instantly. , thereby improving user experience.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该接入和移动管理功能网元处理该网络切片的信息,包括:该接入和移动管理功能网元根据该网络切片的信息确定终端 设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,该接入和移动管理功能网元确定第二定时信息(可参考步骤S580的描述),其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域;在该第二定时信息的时间超时时,该接入和移动管理功能网元向会话管理功能网元发送释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片或该本地数据网络相关联的协议数据单元会话的请求。In conjunction with the second aspect, in a possible implementation of the second aspect, the access and mobility management function network element processes information of the network slice, including: the access and mobility management function network element processes information of the network slice according to information confirmation terminal If the device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the access and mobility management function network element determines the second timing information (please refer to the description of step S580), where the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice. The requirement means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice; when the time of the second timing information times out, the access and mobility The management function network element sends a request to release the protocol data unit session established by the terminal device and associated with the network slice or the local data network to the session management function network element.
具体而言,在该第二定时信息的时间超时时且该接入和移动管理功能网元没有收到该终端设备发送的释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片或该本地数据网络相关联的协议数据单元会话的请求时,该接入和移动管理功能网元向会话管理功能网元发送释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片或该本地数据网络相关联的协议数据单元会话的请求。Specifically, when the time of the second timing information times out and the access and mobility management function network element does not receive the message sent by the terminal device to release the network slice established by the terminal device and associated with the network slice or the local data network. When requesting a protocol data unit session, the access and mobility management function network element sends a request to release the protocol data unit session established by the terminal device and associated with the network slice or the local data network to the session management function network element.
该第二定时信息的时间超时时,该会话管理功能网元释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话的请求,避免了在终端设备没有成功释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话时的资源浪费,同时,第二定时信息可以使得该终端设备的业务不会被瞬间切断,从而提升用户的感受。When the time of the second timing information times out, the session management function network element releases the request of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, thereby avoiding the problem that the terminal device fails to successfully release the protocol data unit session established with the terminal device. There is a waste of resources during the session of the protocol data unit associated with the network slice. At the same time, the second timing information can prevent the service of the terminal device from being cut off instantly, thereby improving user experience.
可选的,该第一定时信息小于或者等于该第二定时信息。Optionally, the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该接入和移动管理功能网元获取网络切片的信息,包括:该接入和移动管理功能网元接收来自网络切片管理功能网元的该网络切片的信息;或,该接入和移动管理功能网元接收来自统一数据管理网元的该网络切片的信息;或,该接入和移动管理功能网元接收来自网络切片选择功能网元的该网络切片的信息。Combined with the second aspect, in a possible implementation of the second aspect, the access and mobility management function network element obtains network slice information, including: the access and mobility management function network element receives information from the network slice management function The network element's information about the network slice; or, the access and mobility management function network element receives the network slice information from the unified data management network element; or, the access and mobility management function network element receives the network slice selection from Information about the network slice of functional network elements.
此外,该接入和移动管理功能网元AMF还可以执行图14或图16中AMF执行的其他动作,此处不再赘述。In addition, the access and mobility management function network element AMF can also perform other actions performed by the AMF in Figure 14 or Figure 16, which will not be described again here.
第三方面,提供了一种网络切片的通信方法(例如,可参考图15中SMF执行的方法),包括:会话管理功能网元获取网络切片的信息(可参考步骤S410的描述),该网络切片的信息包括网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域;在该会话管理功能网元根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,该会话管理功能网元确定该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话的释放(可参考步骤S420的描述),其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In the third aspect, a network slice communication method is provided (for example, refer to the method executed by SMF in Figure 15), including: the session management function network element obtains network slice information (refer to the description of step S410), the network The slice information includes identification information of the network slice, and the network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, where the first time indication information is used to indicate the location of the network slice. Available time, the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; when the session management function network element determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice, the The session management function network element determines the release of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device (please refer to the description of step S420), where the fact that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice. The current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
该会话管理功能网元根据网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,该会话管理功能网元确定该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话的释放,实现了灵活部署网络切片,达到网络切片在特定时间、特定区域使用的效果。When the session management function network element determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the network slice information, the session management function network element determines the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device. The release of network slicing enables flexible deployment of network slicing, allowing network slicing to be used in specific areas at specific times.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还包括:该会话管理功能网元向该终端设备发送第一定时信息(可参考步骤S430的描述),该第一定时信息用于指示该终端设备在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放该终端设备建立的与 该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话。In conjunction with the third aspect, in a possible implementation of the third aspect, the communication method further includes: the session management function network element sending first timing information to the terminal device (please refer to the description of step S430), the third timing information being sent to the terminal device. A certain timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the connection established with the terminal device before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. The protocol data unit session associated with this network slice.
通过向该终端设备发送该第一定时信息,该第一定时信息用于指示该终端设备在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,可以使得该终端设备的业务不会被瞬间切断,从而提升用户的感受。By sending the first timing information to the terminal device, the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the protocol data unit associated with the network slice established by the terminal device before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. Sessions can prevent the terminal device's business from being cut off instantly, thus improving the user experience.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还包括:在该会话管理功能网元根据该网络切片的信息确定该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,该会话管理功能网元向该终端设备发送拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值,(可参考步骤S450的描述)In conjunction with the third aspect, in a possible implementation of the third aspect, the communication method further includes: determining, in the session management function network element, that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice. In the case of , the session management function network element sends the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice to the terminal device (please refer to the description of step S450)
其中,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间;或者,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。Wherein, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate the current time of the terminal device. The time exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice and the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the terminal device is denied access to the network slice. The cause value is used to indicate that the current location of the end device is outside the available location area of the network slice.
通过向该终端设备发送该原因值,该终端设备在收到该原因值时释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,可以使得该终端设备的业务不会被瞬间切断,从而提升用户的感受。By sending the cause value to the terminal device, the terminal device releases the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device when receiving the cause value, so that the service of the terminal device will not be cut off instantly. , thereby improving user experience.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还包括:该会话管理功能网元根据该网络切片的信息确定该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,该会话管理功能网元确定第二定时信息(可参考步骤S480的描述),其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域;在该第二定时信息的时间超时时,该会话管理功能网元释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话的请求。In conjunction with the third aspect, in a possible implementation of the third aspect, the communication method further includes: the session management function network element determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice. In this case, the session management function network element determines the second timing information (please refer to the description of step S480), where the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the time limit of the network slice. The available time and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice; when the time of the second timing information times out, the session management function network element releases the session established by the terminal device and associated with the network slice. Request for protocol data unit session.
该第二定时信息的时间超时时,该会话管理功能网元释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话的请求,避免了在终端设备没有成功释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话时的资源浪费,同时,第二定时信息可以使得该终端设备的业务不会被瞬间切断,从而提升用户的感受。When the time of the second timing information times out, the session management function network element releases the request of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, thereby avoiding the problem that the terminal device fails to successfully release the protocol data unit session established with the terminal device. There is a waste of resources during the session of the protocol data unit associated with the network slice. At the same time, the second timing information can prevent the service of the terminal device from being cut off instantly, thereby improving user experience.
可选的,该第一定时信息小于或者等于该第二定时信息。Optionally, the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该会话管理功能网元获取网络切片的信息,包括:该会话管理功能网元接收来自网络切片管理功能网元的该网络切片的信息;或,该会话管理功能网元接收来自统一数据管理网元的该网络切片的信息;或,Combined with the third aspect, in a possible implementation of the third aspect, the session management function network element obtains network slice information, including: the session management function network element receives the network slice from the network slice management function network element. information; or, the session management function network element receives the information of the network slice from the unified data management network element; or,
该会话管理功能网元接收来自网络切片选择功能网元的该网络切片的信息。The session management function network element receives the information of the network slice from the network slice selection function network element.
此外,该会话管理功能网元SMF还可以执行图15中SMF执行的其他动作,此处不再赘述。In addition, the session management function network element SMF can also perform other actions performed by the SMF in Figure 15, which will not be described again here.
第四方面,提供了一种网络切片的通信方法例如(可参考图17中RAN执行的方法),包括:接入网设备接收接入和移动管理功能网元发送的网络切片的信息(可参考步骤S620的描述),该网络切片的信息包括网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域;在该 接入网设备根据该网络切片的信息确定该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,该接入网设备确定释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话(可参考步骤S650的描述),其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In the fourth aspect, a network slicing communication method is provided, for example (please refer to the method performed by the RAN in Figure 17), including: the access network device receives the network slicing information sent by the access and mobility management function network element (please refer to Description of step S620), the network slice information includes identification information of the network slice, and the network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, wherein the first time indication The information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; in the When the access network device determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice, the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device. (Refer to the description of step S650), where the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the network slice. The available location area for slices.
该接入网设备根据网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,该接入网设备确定该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话的释放,实现了灵活部署网络切片,达到网络切片在特定时间、特定区域使用的效果。When the access network device determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the network slice information, the access network device determines the release of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device. , realizes the flexible deployment of network slices, and achieves the effect of using network slices at specific times and specific areas.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该接入网设备确定释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,包括:该接入网设备通过广播消息或单播消息指示该终端设备在第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前发起与该网络切片关联的协议数据单元会话的释放(可参考步骤S660的描述)。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, including: the access network device passes The broadcast message or unicast message instructs the terminal device to initiate the release of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice before the time indicated by the first timing information times out (please refer to the description of step S660).
通过向该终端设备发送该第一定时信息,该第一定时信息用于指示该终端设备在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,可以使得该终端设备的业务不会被瞬间切断,从而提升用户的感受。By sending the first timing information to the terminal device, the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the protocol data unit associated with the network slice established by the terminal device before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. Sessions can prevent the terminal device's business from being cut off instantly, thus improving the user experience.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该接入网设备确定释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,包括:该接入网设备向该终端设备发送拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值,其中,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间;或者,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域(可参考步骤S670的描述)。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, including: the access network device The terminal device sends a reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice, where, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the terminal device is refused to access the network slice. The reason value for the device to access the network slice is used to indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice. The available location area of the network slice. The reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice (refer to the description of step S670).
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该接入网设备确定释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,还包括:该接入网设备在第二定时信息的时间超时时,该接入网设备通知该接入和移动管理功能网元该网络切片在跟踪区不可用,该跟踪区为该接入网设备覆盖下的小区(可参考步骤S680的描述)。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation of the fourth aspect, the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, further including: the access network device When the second timing information times out, the access network device notifies the access and mobility management function network element that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area, and the tracking area is a cell covered by the access network device (refer to Description of step S680).
具体而言,在该第二定时信息的时间超时时且该接入网设备没有收到该终端设备发送的释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片或该本地数据网络相关联的协议数据单元会话的请求时,该接入网设备通知该接入和移动管理功能网元该网络切片在跟踪区不可用,进而由该接入和移动管理功能网元发起释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话。避免了在终端设备没有成功释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话时的资源浪费,同时,第二定时信息可以使得该终端设备的业务不会被瞬间切断,从而提升用户的感受。Specifically, when the time of the second timing information times out and the access network device does not receive the message sent by the terminal device to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice or the local data network established by the terminal device Upon request, the access network device notifies the access and mobility management function network element that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area, and then the access and mobility management function network element initiates the release of the network slice established by the terminal device. The associated protocol data unit session. This avoids waste of resources when the terminal device fails to successfully release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device. At the same time, the second timing information can prevent the service of the terminal device from being cut off instantly, thereby improving User feelings.
可选的,该第一定时信息小于或者等于该第二定时信息。Optionally, the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
此外,该接入网设备RAN还可以执行图17中RAN执行的其他动作,此处不再赘述。In addition, the access network equipment RAN can also perform other actions performed by the RAN in Figure 17, which will not be described again here.
第五方面,提供了一种网络切片的通信方法,(可参考图15、图16或图17中终端设备执行的方法),包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一定时信息,该第一定时信息用于指示该终端设备在该第一定时信息指示的时间内释放该终端设备建立的与网络切片相 关联的协议数据单元会话(可参考步骤S460、步骤S540或步骤S670的描述);该终端设备在该定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放该协议数据单元会话(可参考步骤S470、步骤S570或步骤S670的描述)。In the fifth aspect, a network slicing communication method is provided (please refer to the method executed by the terminal device in Figure 15, Figure 16 or Figure 17), including: the terminal device receives the first timing information sent by the network device, and the first The timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the network slice established by the terminal device within the time indicated by the first timing information. The associated protocol data unit session (refer to the description of step S460, step S540 or step S670); the terminal device releases the protocol data unit session before the time indicated by the timing information times out (refer to step S470, step S570 or step S670 description of).
终端设备接收网络设备发送的定时信息,该终端设备在该定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放该协议数据单元会话,从而实现了灵活部署网络切片,达到网络切片在特定时间、特定区域使用的效果。The terminal device receives the timing information sent by the network device, and the terminal device releases the protocol data unit session before the time indicated by the timing information times out, thereby realizing flexible deployment of network slicing and achieving the effect of network slicing being used at a specific time and in a specific area.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,当该网络设备为接入网设备时,该终端设备通过广播消息或单播消息接收该第一定时信息(可参考步骤S660的描述)。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in a possible implementation of the fifth aspect, when the network device is an access network device, the terminal device receives the first timing information through a broadcast message or a unicast message (please refer to step S660 description of).
结合第五方面,在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,当该网络设备为核心网设备时,该终端设备通过该终端设备的配置更新消息接收该第一定时信息(可参考步骤S440或步骤S540的描述)。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in a possible implementation of the fifth aspect, when the network device is a core network device, the terminal device receives the first timing information through a configuration update message of the terminal device (please refer to step S440 or the description of step S540).
结合第五方面,在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值(可参考步骤S670的描述),其中,当所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求为所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间,拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值用于指示所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间;或者,当所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求为所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值用于指示所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the terminal device receives a reason value sent by the network device for denying the terminal device access to the network slice (please refer to the description of step S670), Wherein, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used Indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location of the network slice. area, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,当所述网络设备为接入网设备时,所述终端设备通过广播消息或单播消息接收所述原因值。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, when the network device is an access network device, the terminal device receives the cause value through a broadcast message or a unicast message.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,当所述网络设备为核心网设备时,所述终端设备通过所述终端设备的配置更新消息接收所述原因值。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, when the network device is a core network device, the terminal device receives the cause value through a configuration update message of the terminal device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还包括:该终端设备将该网络切片的标识信息从本地存储的允许的网络切片选择辅助信息列表中删除。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in a possible implementation of the fifth aspect, the communication method further includes: the terminal device deleting the identification information of the network slice from a locally stored list of allowed network slice selection auxiliary information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该通信方法还包括:该终端设备接收网络侧设备发送的配置信息,该配置信息包括拒绝的该网络切片的标识信息;该终端设备将该网络切片的标识信息从本地存储的允许的网络切片选择辅助信息列表中删除。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in a possible implementation of the fifth aspect, the communication method further includes: the terminal device receiving configuration information sent by the network side device, where the configuration information includes the rejected identification information of the network slice; The terminal device deletes the identification information of the network slice from the locally stored list of allowed network slice selection auxiliary information.
此外,该终端设备还可以执行图15、图16或图17中终端设备执行的其他动作,此处不再赘述。In addition, the terminal device can also perform other actions performed by the terminal device in Figure 15, Figure 16 or Figure 17, which will not be described again here.
第六方面,提供了一种网络切片的通信方法,(可参考图14中终端设备执行的方法),包括:终端设备接收接入和移动管理功能网元发送的本地数据网络信息(可参考步骤S330的描述),其中,该本地数据网络信息包括本地数据网络的名称,该本地数据网络信息还包括第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该本地数据网络的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该本地数据网络的可用位置区域,该第一位置指示信息指示的可用位置区域为小区粒度;该终端设备根据该本地数据网络信息,确定该终端设备是否可以接入该本地数据网络(可参考步骤S330的描述)。In the sixth aspect, a network slicing communication method is provided (please refer to the method executed by the terminal device in Figure 14), including: the terminal device receives local data network information sent by the access and mobility management function network element (please refer to the steps Description of S330), wherein the local data network information includes the name of the local data network, the local data network information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information, and the first time indication information is used to indicate the The available time of the local data network, the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the local data network, and the available location area indicated by the first location indication information is cell granularity; the terminal device according to the local data network information, Determine whether the terminal device can access the local data network (refer to the description of step S330).
结合第六方面,在第六方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该终端设备根据该本地数据网络信息,确定该终端设备是否可以使用该本地数据网络,包括:当该终端设备的当前时间 超出该第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间时,该终端设备不接入该本地数据网络;或者,In conjunction with the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation of the sixth aspect, the terminal device determines whether the terminal device can use the local data network based on the local data network information, including: when the current time of the terminal device When the available time indicated by the first time indication information is exceeded, the terminal device does not access the local data network; or,
当该终端设备的当前位置超出该第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域时,该终端设备不接入该本地数据网络。When the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area indicated by the first location indication information, the terminal device does not access the local data network.
此外,该终端设备还可以执行图14中终端设备执行的其他动作,此处不再赘述。In addition, the terminal device can also perform other actions performed by the terminal device in Figure 14, which will not be described again here.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括处理器、收发器和存储器,该存储器用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令,以控制该收发器接收或发送信号;该收发器用于获取网络切片的信息,其中,该网络切片的信息包括该网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域,该处理器用于根据该网络切片的信息生成用户路由选择策略信息;该收发器还用于通过接入和移动管理功能网元向终端设备发送该用户路由选择策略信息。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including a processor, a transceiver and a memory. The memory is used to store instructions. The processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive or send signals; the transceiver The processor is configured to obtain network slice information, wherein the network slice information includes identification information of the network slice, and the network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, wherein, The first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice, and the processor is used to generate user routing policy information according to the information of the network slice; The transceiver is also used to send the user routing policy information to the terminal device through the access and mobility management function network element.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该用户路由选择策略信息包括第一用户路由选择策略规则,该第一用户路由选择策略规则包括该网络切片的标识信息、该网络切片服务的应用程序的标识信息,该第一用户路由选择策略规则还包括该网络切片对应的第一时间窗口和/或第一位置范围,该第一时间窗口小于或者等于该第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间,该第一位置范围小于或者等于该第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域。In conjunction with the seventh aspect, in a possible implementation of the seventh aspect, the user routing policy information includes a first user routing policy rule, and the first user routing policy rule includes identification information of the network slice, the The identification information of the application program of the network slice service. The first user routing policy rule also includes the first time window and/or the first location range corresponding to the network slice. The first time window is less than or equal to the first time indication. The available time indicated by the information, the first location range is less than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该收发器具体用于:接收来自网络切片管理功能网元的该网络切片的信息;或,接收来自该接入和移动管理功能网元的该网络切片的信息;或,接收来自统一数据存储库的该网络切片的信息。In conjunction with the seventh aspect, in a possible implementation of the seventh aspect, the transceiver is specifically configured to: receive information about the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or, receive information from the access and mobility management Information about the network slice of the functional network element; or, receiving information about the network slice from the unified data repository.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器、收发器和存储器,该存储器用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令,以控制该收发器接收或发送信号;该收发器用于获取网络切片的信息,该网络切片的信息包括网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域;该处理器用于处理该网络切片的信息。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor, a transceiver and a memory, the memory is used to store instructions, the processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive or send signals; The transceiver is configured to obtain network slice information. The network slice information includes identification information of the network slice. The network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, wherein the first time indication information and/or first location indication information A time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; the processor is used to process the information of the network slice.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该收发单元具体用于:向策略控制功能网元发送该网络切片的信息。In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: send the network slice information to the policy control function network element.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器具体用于:根据该网络切片的信息生成本地数据网络信息,该本地数据网络信息包括本地数据网络的名称,该本地数据网络信息还包括第二时间指示信息和/或第二位置指示信息,该第二时间指示信息用于指示该本地数据网络的可用时间,该第二位置指示信息用于指示该本地数据网络的可用小区,其中,该第二时间指示信息所指示的可用时间小于或等于该第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间,该第二位置指示信息所指示的可用小区小于或等于该第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域;该收发器还用于向终端设备发送该本地数据网络信息。In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation of the eighth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: generate local data network information according to the information of the network slice, where the local data network information includes the name of the local data network, the The local data network information also includes second time indication information and/or second location indication information. The second time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the local data network. The second location indication information is used to indicate the local data network. available cells, wherein the available time indicated by the second time indication information is less than or equal to the available time indicated by the first time indication information, and the available cell indicated by the second location indication information is less than or equal to the first location Indicates the available location area indicated by the information; the transceiver is also used to send the local data network information to the terminal device.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该收发器还用于:向策略控制功能网元发送该网络切片对应的该本地数据网络的名称。In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: send the name of the local data network corresponding to the network slice to the policy control function network element.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该收发器还用于:向策略控制功能网元发送该第二时间指示信息和/或该第二位置指示信息。 In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: send the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information to the policy control function network element.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器具体用于:根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求,该收发器具体用于:在根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,向该终端设备发送第一定时信息,该第一定时信息用于指示该终端设备在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片或该本地数据网络相关联的协议数据单元会话,其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation of the eighth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: determine according to the information of the network slice that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, and the transceiver is specifically configured to: : When it is determined that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice according to the information of the network slice, the first timing information is sent to the terminal device, and the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to wait at the first timing. Release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice or the local data network established by the terminal device before the time indicated by the information times out, where the fact that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice refers to the current status of the terminal device. The time exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器具体用于:根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求,该收发器具体用于:在根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,向该终端设备发送拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值,其中,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间;或者,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation of the eighth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: determine according to the information of the network slice that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, and the transceiver is specifically configured to: : When it is determined that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice, send the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice to the terminal device, where, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements The requirement for accessing the network slice is that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice. ; Or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate to the terminal device 's current location is outside the available location area for this network slice.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器具体用于:在根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,确定第二定时信息,In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation of the eighth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: when it is determined based on the information of the network slice that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, determine 2. Timing information,
其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域;该收发单元还用于:在该第二定时信息的时间超时时,向会话管理功能网元发送释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片或该本地数据网络相关联的协议数据单元会话的请求。Wherein, the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice; the transceiver unit It is also configured to: when the time of the second timing information times out, send a request to the session management function network element to release the protocol data unit session established by the terminal device and associated with the network slice or the local data network.
可选的,该第一定时信息小于或者等于该第二定时信息。Optionally, the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该收发器具体用于:接收来自网络切片管理功能网元的该网络切片的信息;或,接收来自统一数据管理网元的该网络切片的信息;或,接收来自网络切片选择功能网元的该网络切片的信息。In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation of the eighth aspect, the transceiver is specifically configured to: receive information about the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or, receive information from the unified data management network element. Information about the network slice; or, receiving information about the network slice from the network slice selection function network element.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器、收发器和存储器,该存储器用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令,以控制该收发器接收或发送信号;该收发器用于获取网络切片的信息,该网络切片的信息包括网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域;该处理器用于根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,确定该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话的释放,其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor, a transceiver and a memory, the memory is used to store instructions, the processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive or send signals; The transceiver is configured to obtain network slice information. The network slice information includes identification information of the network slice. The network slice information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, wherein the first time indication information and/or first location indication information A time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; the processor is used to determine that the terminal device is not eligible to access the network based on the information of the network slice. In the case of slicing requirements, determine the release of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, where the fact that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds The available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该收发器还用于:向该终端设备发送第一定时信息,该第一定时信息用于指示该终端设备在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话。 In conjunction with the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation of the ninth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: send first timing information to the terminal device, where the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device in the first The protocol data unit session established by the terminal device and associated with the network slice is released before the time indicated by the timing information expires.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器还用于:根据该网络切片的信息确定该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求;该收发器还用于在该会话管理功能网元根据该网络切片的信息确定该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,向该终端设备发送拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值,其中,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间;或者,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In conjunction with the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation of the ninth aspect, the processor is further configured to: determine based on the information of the network slice that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice; the transceiver is also configured to: When the session management function network element determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is sent to the terminal device, where , when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate the current time of the terminal device. Exceeding the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice and the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the reason why the terminal device is denied access to the network slice Value used to indicate that the end device's current location is outside the available location area for this network slice.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器还用于:在该网络切片的信息确定该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,确定第二定时信息,其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域;在该第二定时信息的时间超时时,该会话管理功能网元释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话的请求。In conjunction with the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation of the ninth aspect, the processor is further configured to: when the information of the network slice determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, determine 2. Timing information, wherein the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice ; When the time of the second timing information times out, the session management function network element releases the request of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device.
可选的,该第一定时信息小于或者等于该第二定时信息。Optionally, the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该收发器具体用于:接收来自网络切片管理功能网元的该网络切片的信息;或,接收来自统一数据管理网元的该网络切片的信息;或,接收来自网络切片选择功能网元的该网络切片的信息。In conjunction with the ninth aspect, in a possible implementation of the ninth aspect, the transceiver is specifically configured to: receive information about the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or, receive information from the unified data management network element. Information about the network slice; or, receiving information about the network slice from the network slice selection function network element.
第十方面,提供了一种接入网设备,包括:处理器、收发器和存储器,该存储器用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令,以控制该收发器接收或发送信号:该收发器用于接收接入和移动管理功能网元发送的网络切片的信息,该网络切片的信息包括网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域;该处理器用于在该接入网设备根据该网络切片的信息确定该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,确定释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In a tenth aspect, an access network device is provided, including: a processor, a transceiver and a memory. The memory is used to store instructions. The processor is used to execute instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive or send signals. : The transceiver is used to receive the network slice information sent by the access and mobility management function network element. The network slice information includes the identification information of the network slice. The network slice information also includes the first time indication information of the network slice and /or first location indication information, wherein the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; the processor is configured to When the network access device determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice, it determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, wherein the terminal device Failure to meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该收发器还用于:通过广播消息指示该终端设备在第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前发起与该网络切片关联的协议数据单元会话的释放。In conjunction with the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation of the tenth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: instruct the terminal device to initiate a protocol associated with the network slice before timeout indicated by the first timing information through a broadcast message. Release of data unit session.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该收发器还用于:在第二定时信息的时间超时时,通知该接入和移动管理功能网元该网络切片在跟踪区不可用,该跟踪区为该接入网设备覆盖下的小区。In conjunction with the tenth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: when the time of the second timing information times out, notify the access and mobility management function network element that the network slice is tracking area is unavailable, the tracking area is a cell covered by the access network equipment.
可选的,该第一定时信息小于或者等于该第二定时信息。Optionally, the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
第十一方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括:处理器、收发器和存储器,该存储器用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令,以控制该收发器接收或发送信号;该收发器用于接收网络设备发送的定时信息,该定时信息用于指示该终端设备在该定时信息 指示的时间内释放该终端设备建立的与网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,该网络切片的标识信息为网络切片的标识信息;该处理器用于在该定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放该协议数据单元会话。In an eleventh aspect, a terminal device is provided, including: a processor, a transceiver and a memory, the memory is used to store instructions, and the processor is used to execute instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive or send signals; The transceiver is used to receive timing information sent by the network device, and the timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to respond to the timing information. Release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device within the indicated time, and the identification information of the network slice is the identification information of the network slice; the processor is configured to release the protocol before the time indicated by the timing information times out. Data unit session.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,当该网络设备为接入网设备时,该收发器通过广播消息接收该定时信息。In conjunction with the eleventh aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, when the network device is an access network device, the transceiver receives the timing information through a broadcast message.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,当该网络设备为核心网设备时,该收发器通过该终端设备的配置更新消息接收该定时信息。In conjunction with the eleventh aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, when the network device is a core network device, the transceiver receives the timing information through a configuration update message of the terminal device.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发器接收网络设备发送的拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值,其中,当所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求为所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间,拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值用于指示所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间;或者,当所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求为所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值用于指示所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域。In conjunction with the eleventh aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the transceiver receives a reason value sent by a network device for denying the terminal device access to the network slice, wherein when the terminal The device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the terminal device The current time exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the terminal is rejected The reason value for the device to access the network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,当所述网络设备为接入网设备时,所述收发器通过单播消息接收所述原因值。In conjunction with the eleventh aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, when the network device is an access network device, the transceiver receives the cause value through a unicast message.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,当所述网络设备为核心网设备时,所述收发器通过所述终端设备的配置更新消息接收所述原因值。In conjunction with the eleventh aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, when the network device is a core network device, the transceiver receives the cause value through a configuration update message of the terminal device.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器还用于:将该网络切片的标识信息从本地存储的允许的网络切片选择辅助信息列表中删除。In conjunction with the eleventh aspect, in a possible implementation of the eleventh aspect, the processor is further configured to: delete the identification information of the network slice from a locally stored list of allowed network slice selection auxiliary information.
第十二方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括:处理器、收发器和存储器,该存储器用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令,以控制该收发器接收或发送信号;该收发器用于接收接入和移动管理功能网元发送的本地数据网络信息,其中,该本地数据网络信息包括本地数据网络的名称,该本地数据网络信息还包括第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该本地数据网络的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该本地数据网络的可用位置区域,该第一位置指示信息指示的可用位置区域为小区粒度;该处理器用于根据该本地数据网络信息,确定该终端设备是否可以接入该本地数据网络。In a twelfth aspect, a terminal device is provided, including: a processor, a transceiver and a memory, the memory is used to store instructions, and the processor is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory to control the transceiver to receive or send signals; The transceiver is used to receive local data network information sent by the access and mobility management function network element, where the local data network information includes the name of the local data network, and the local data network information also includes first time indication information and/or third time indication information. A location indication information, the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the local data network, the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the local data network, the available location indicated by the first location indication information The area is a cell granularity; the processor is used to determine whether the terminal device can access the local data network based on the local data network information.
结合第十二方面,在第十二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该处理器具体用于:当该终端设备的当前时间超出该第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间时,该终端设备不接入该本地数据网络;或者,当该终端设备的当前位置超出该第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域时,该终端设备不接入该本地数据网络。In conjunction with the twelfth aspect, in a possible implementation of the twelfth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: when the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time indicated by the first time indication information, the terminal The device does not access the local data network; or, when the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area indicated by the first location indication information, the terminal device does not access the local data network.
第十三方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者执行第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者执行第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。A thirteenth aspect provides a computer program product, which includes instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or Perform the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or perform the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or perform the fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect. The method in the implementation manner, or performs the fifth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, or performs the sixth aspect or the method in any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
第十四方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机 程序,当该计算机程序被执行时,用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者执行第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者执行第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者执行第四方面或第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者执行第五方面或第五方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,或者执行第六方面或第六方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, the computer-readable storage medium stores computer A program, when the computer program is executed, for performing a method in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or performing a method in the second aspect or any possible implementation of the second aspect, or Perform the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect, or perform the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation of the fourth aspect, or perform the fifth aspect or any possible implementation of the fifth aspect. The method in the implementation, or the method in any possible implementation of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect.
第十五方面,提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于通信装置实现上述各方面中所涉及的功能,例如,生成,接收,发送,或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中,该芯片系统还包括存储器,该存储器,用于保存通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In a fifteenth aspect, a chip system is provided. The chip system includes a processor for the communication device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, such as generating, receiving, sending, or processing data involved in the above methods. and/or information. In a possible design, the chip system also includes a memory, which is used to store necessary program instructions and data of the communication device. The chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
第十六方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括具有实现上述第一方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置、具有实现上述第四方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置或具有实现上述第五方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置和具有实现上述第六方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置;或者,该通信系统包括具有实现上述第二方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置、具有实现上述第四方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置和具有实现上述第六方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置;或者,该通信系统包括具有实现上述第三方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置、具有实现上述第四方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置和具有实现上述第六方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置。In a sixteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, which includes a device having the functions of implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned first aspect, and a device having the functions of implementing the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned fourth aspect. Functional devices or devices with functions that implement the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned fifth aspect and devices with functions that implement the methods and various possible designs of the above-mentioned sixth aspect; or, the communication system includes a device with functions that implement The methods of the second aspect and devices with various possible designs, the devices with the functions of the fourth aspect and the devices with the functions of the sixth aspect, and the devices with the functions of the sixth aspect A device with functions; or, the communication system includes a device with functions that implement the methods of the third aspect and various possible designs, a device with functions that implements the methods of the fourth aspect and various possible designs, and a device with Devices that implement the methods of the sixth aspect and various possible designed functions.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1示出了本申请提供的一种5G支持的eMBB场景的示意性场景图;Figure 1 shows a schematic scene diagram of a 5G supported eMBB scenario provided by this application;
图2示出了本申请提供的一种5G网络切片架构示意图;Figure 2 shows a schematic diagram of a 5G network slicing architecture provided by this application;
图3示出了本申请提供的一种5G支持的三大典型场景对应的网络切片的类型的示意性框图;Figure 3 shows a schematic block diagram of the types of network slicing corresponding to the three typical scenarios supported by 5G provided by this application;
图4示出了本申请提供的一种注册流程中UE切片选择的方法的示意性流程图;Figure 4 shows a schematic flow chart of a method for UE slice selection in the registration process provided by this application;
图5示出了本申请提供的NSSP示意性结构图;Figure 5 shows a schematic structural diagram of the NSSP provided by this application;
图6示出了本申请提供的一种将数据包路由到PDU会话的流程示意图;Figure 6 shows a schematic flow chart of routing data packets to PDU sessions provided by this application;
图7示出了本申请所应用的一种网络架构示意图;Figure 7 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture applied in this application;
图8示出了本申请所应用的又一种网络架构示意图;Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application;
图9示出了本申请所应用的又一种网络架构示意图;Figure 9 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application;
图10示出了本申请所应用的又一种网络架构示意图;Figure 10 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application;
图11示出了本申请所应用的又一种网络架构示意图;Figure 11 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application;
图12示出了本申请所应用的又一种网络架构示意图;Figure 12 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application;
图13示出了是本申请的一种网络切片的通信方法的示意性流程图;Figure 13 shows a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method according to the present application;
图14示出了是本申请的一种网络切片的通信方法的示意性流程图;Figure 14 shows a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method according to the present application;
图15示出了是本申请的一种网络切片的通信方法的示意性流程图;Figure 15 shows a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method according to the present application;
图16示出了是本申请的一种网络切片的通信方法的示意性流程图;Figure 16 shows a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method according to the present application;
图17示出了是本申请的一种网络切片的通信方法的示意性流程图;Figure 17 shows a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method according to the present application;
图18示出了本申请的一种通信装置的示意性框图; Figure 18 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to the present application;
图19示出了本申请的一种通信装置的示意性框图;Figure 19 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device of the present application;
图20示出了本申请的一种终端设备的结构示意图;Figure 20 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device of the present application;
图21示出了本申请的一种接入网设备的结构示意图。Figure 21 shows a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR),此外,还可以适用于使用后续的演进系统,如第六代6G通信系统、甚至更高级的第七代7G通信系统等。The technical solution of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system for mobile communications (GSM) system, code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system, wideband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), global interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or New radio (new radio, NR), in addition, can also be applied to the use of subsequent evolutionary systems, such as the sixth-generation 6G communication system, and even the more advanced seventh-generation 7G communication system.
本申请中的终端设备也可以称为:用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。The terminal equipment in this application can also be called: user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station , mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile equipment, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device, etc.
终端设备可以是无线终端也可以是有线终端,无线终端可以是指向用户提供语音和/或其他业务数据连通性的设备,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。无线终端可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,无线终端可以是移动终端,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端的计算机,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如,个人通信业务(Personal Communication Service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)等设备。无线终端也可以称为系统、订户单元(Subscriber Unit)、订户站(Subscriber Station),移动站(Mobile Station)、移动台(Mobile)、远程站(Remote Station)、远程终端(Remote Terminal)、接入终端(Access Terminal)、用户终端(User Terminal)、用户代理(User Agent)、用户设备(User Device or User Equipment),移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请对此并不限定。The terminal device may be a wireless terminal or a wired terminal. The wireless terminal may be a device that provides voice and/or other service data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing equipment connected to a wireless modem. Wireless terminals can communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN). The wireless terminals can be mobile terminals, such as mobile phones (or "cellular" phones) and computers with mobile terminals. , for example, may be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-built-in, or vehicle-mounted mobile devices that exchange voice and/or data with the wireless access network. For example, Personal Communication Service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistants (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) and other equipment. Wireless terminals can also be called systems, Subscriber Units, Subscriber Stations, Mobile Stations, Mobile stations, Remote Stations, Remote Terminals, and Connectors. Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device or User Equipment, mobile internet device (MID), wearable device, virtual reality reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery , wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, vehicle-mounted equipment, wearables Equipment, terminal equipment in the 5G network or terminal equipment in the future evolved public land mobile communication network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc. This application is not limited to this.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请中,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿 戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in this application, a wearable device may also be called a wearable smart device, which is an application wearable device. Wearable technology is a general term for intelligently designing and developing wearable devices for daily wear, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not just hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly defined wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized devices that can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on smartphones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and those that only focus on a certain type of application function and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various types of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
此外,在本申请中,终端设备还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。In addition, in this application, the terminal device can also be a terminal device in the Internet of things (IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect items with the network through communication technology. Connect, thereby realizing an intelligent network of human-computer interconnection and physical-object interconnection.
而如上介绍的各种终端设备,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备,车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU)。The various terminal devices introduced above can be considered as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed or installed in the vehicle). The vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called an on-board unit (OBU), for example. ).
本申请中,终端设备还可以包括中继(relay)。或者理解为,能够与基站进行数据通信的都可以看作终端设备。In this application, the terminal device may also include a relay. Or it can be understood that anything that can perform data communication with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
本申请中的接入网设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,可以是基站,或者接入点,或者网络设备,或者可以是指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端通信的设备。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换,作为无线终端与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)网络。网络设备还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,接入网设备可以是全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)或码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)中的基站(NodeB,NB),也可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该接入设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G网络中的接入设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,可以是WLAN中的接入点(access point,AP),可以是新型无线系统(new radio,NR)系统中的gNB本申请并不限定。The access network device in this application may be a device used to communicate with a terminal device, and may be a base station, an access point, or a network device, or may refer to a device in the access network that communicates with a terminal device through one or more sectors on the air interface. A device for communicating with wireless terminals. The network equipment may be used to convert received air frames to and from IP packets and act as a router between the wireless terminal and the remainder of the access network, which may include an Internet Protocol (IP) network. Network devices also coordinate attribute management of the air interface. For example, the access network equipment can be a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), or it can be a broadband code division The base station (NodeB, NB) in the multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) can also be the evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) in the LTE system, or it can be the cloud wireless access network (cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the access device can be a relay station, access point, vehicle-mounted device, wearable device, access device in the 5G network or network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc. , it can be an access point (AP) in WLAN, or it can be a gNB in a new wireless system (new radio, NR) system. This application is not limited.
另外,在本申请中,接入网设备是接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的设备,或者说,是将终端设备接入到无线网络的RAN节点。例如,作为示例而非限定,作为接入网设备,可以列举:gNB、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wifi)接入点(access point,AP)等。In addition, in this application, the access network device is a device in the access network (radio access network, RAN), or in other words, a RAN node that connects the terminal device to the wireless network. For example, as an example but not a limitation, as access network equipment, you can enumerate: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller) , RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB ), baseband unit (base band unit, BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wifi) access point (access point, AP), etc.
接入网设备为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与接入网设备进行通信,该小区可以是接入网设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供 高速率的数据传输服务。The access network equipment provides services for the cell, and the terminal equipment communicates with the access network equipment through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell. The cell may be an access network equipment (for example, a base station). ). The cell may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell. The small cell here may include: metro cell, micro cell, or pico cell. ), femto cells, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing High-speed data transmission service.
为了能够清楚地理解本申请,首先对本申请中涉及的部分现有技术进行介绍。In order to clearly understand this application, some of the prior art involved in this application will be introduced first.
首先介绍网络切片的概念。5G将开启一个万物互联的时代,5G支持增强型移动宽带(Enhanced Mobile Broadband,eMBB)、大规模机器通信(Massive MachineType Communication,mMTC)和高可靠低时延连接(Ultra-Reliable Low latency Communications,uRLLC)三大场景。三大场景中包含了多样化差异化的应用。First, we introduce the concept of network slicing. 5G will usher in an era of Internet of Everything. 5G supports Enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB), Massive Machine Type Communication (mMTC) and High-Reliable Low Latency Communications (uRLLC). ) three major scenes. The three major scenarios include diverse and differentiated applications.
eMBB基于无线侧频谱利用率和频谱带宽技术的突破,5G可以提供比4G快10倍以上的传输速率。对于增强现实技术(Augmented Reality,AR)/虚拟现实技术(Virtual Reality,VR)、高清视频直播,只有5G超高速率才能满足需求,4G的传输速率是无法支持的。现在使用VR看高清或者大型交互游戏时,必须要拖着网线来获取数据,在未来通过5G网络进行无线连接,VR/AR都可以获得快捷的体验,如图1所示,图1是本申请提供的一种5G支持的eMBB场景的示意性场景图。eMBB is based on breakthroughs in spectrum utilization and spectrum bandwidth technology on the wireless side. 5G can provide a transmission rate that is more than 10 times faster than 4G. For augmented reality technology (Augmented Reality, AR)/virtual reality technology (Virtual Reality, VR), and high-definition video live broadcast, only the ultra-high speed of 5G can meet the demand, and the transmission rate of 4G cannot be supported. Now when using VR to watch high-definition or large-scale interactive games, you must drag the network cable to obtain data. In the future, through wireless connection through 5G network, VR/AR can obtain a fast experience, as shown in Figure 1, Figure 1 is the application A schematic scene diagram of an eMBB scenario supported by 5G is provided.
MIoT通过多用户共享接入,超密集异构网络等技术,5G可以支持每平方公里接入100万个设备,例如可以是4G的10倍。近来智慧城市的快速发展,路灯,井盖,水表等公共设施都已经拥有了网络连接能力,可以进行远程管理,但是5G会有更大的革新。基于5G网络的强大连接能力,才可以把城市各个行业的公共设备都接入智能管理平台。这些公共设施通过5G网络协同工作,只需要少量的维护人员就可以统一管理,大大提升城市的运营效率。MIoT uses technologies such as multi-user shared access and ultra-dense heterogeneous networks. 5G can support access to 1 million devices per square kilometer, which is 10 times that of 4G, for example. With the recent rapid development of smart cities, public facilities such as street lights, manhole covers, and water meters already have network connection capabilities and can be managed remotely, but 5G will bring greater innovation. Based on the powerful connection capabilities of the 5G network, public equipment in various industries in the city can be connected to the intelligent management platform. These public facilities work together through the 5G network and can be managed uniformly with only a small number of maintenance personnel, greatly improving the city's operational efficiency.
uRRLC在5G场景下最典型的应用就是自动驾驶,自动驾驶最常用的场景如急刹车、车对车,车对人,车对基础设施等多路通信同时进行,需要瞬间进行大量的数据处理并决策。因此需要网络同时具有大带宽、低时延和高可靠性,5G网络具备应对这种场景的能力。The most typical application of uRRLC in 5G scenarios is autonomous driving. The most common scenarios for autonomous driving include sudden braking, vehicle-to-vehicle, vehicle-to-person, vehicle-to-infrastructure and other multi-channel communications at the same time, which requires instantaneous processing of a large amount of data and decision making. Therefore, the network needs to have large bandwidth, low latency and high reliability at the same time. 5G network has the ability to cope with this scenario.
4G时代是通过一张网络满足所有的应用场景和客户群体,例如网络要提供NB-IoT能力就开通网元上的NB相关特性,要构筑网络可靠性,就增加网元设备级的冗余备份,通过不断叠加特性去满足大众市场不断提出的诉求。In the 4G era, one network is used to meet all application scenarios and customer groups. For example, if the network wants to provide NB-IoT capabilities, it must enable NB-related features on the network elements. To build network reliability, it must add redundant backup at the device level of the network elements. , by continuously adding features to meet the constant demands of the mass market.
但是垂直行业中各种业务在时延、连接数、可靠性、安全性等方面的要求相去甚远而且具有不可预知性,比如AR业务需要使用>1600Mbps的网络超高带宽、能源抄表业务需要网络提供海量连接,自动驾驶需要网络保证几毫秒的端到端低时延以及99.999%以上的高可靠性,如果还想通过一张网络满足目前所有需求以及未来可能提出的需求,根本不可能实现。However, various services in vertical industries have very different and unpredictable requirements in terms of latency, number of connections, reliability, security, etc. For example, AR services require ultra-high network bandwidth of >1600Mbps, and energy meter reading services require The network provides massive connections. Autonomous driving requires the network to ensure end-to-end low latency of a few milliseconds and high reliability of more than 99.999%. If you want to use one network to meet all current needs and possible future needs, it is simply impossible to achieve it. .
网络切片(Network slicing)是通过切片技术在一个通用硬件基础上虚拟出多个端到端的网络,每个网络具有不同网络功能,适配不同类型服务需求。图2是本申请提供的一种5G网络切片架构示意图,运营商购买物理资源后,针对大众上网业务使用物理资源虚拟出一个eMBB切片网络,之后再针对垂直行业中某些厂商的智能抄表需求,使用物理资源再虚拟出一个mMTC切片网络,两个切片网络分别为不同业务场景提供服务。网络切片技术可以让运营商在一个硬件基础设施切分出多个虚拟的网络,按需分配资源、灵活组合能力,满足各种业务的不同需求。当新需求提出而目前网络无法满足要求时,运营商只需要为此需求虚拟出一张新的切片网络,而不需要影响已有的切片网络,以最快速度上线业务。 Network slicing uses slicing technology to virtualize multiple end-to-end networks based on a common hardware. Each network has different network functions and adapts to different types of service requirements. Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of a 5G network slicing architecture provided by this application. After the operator purchases physical resources, it uses the physical resources to virtualize an eMBB slicing network for mass Internet services, and then targets the smart meter reading needs of certain manufacturers in vertical industries. , using physical resources to virtualize a mMTC slice network, and the two slice networks provide services for different business scenarios. Network slicing technology allows operators to split multiple virtual networks on a hardware infrastructure, allocate resources on demand, and flexibly combine capabilities to meet the different needs of various businesses. When new demands are raised and the current network cannot meet the requirements, operators only need to virtualize a new slice network for this demand without affecting the existing slice network, so as to launch services as quickly as possible.
应理解,mMTC也可以称为大规模物联网(Massive Internet of Things,MIoT)。It should be understood that mMTC can also be called Massive Internet of Things (MIoT).
5G支持的三大典型场景对应的网络切片的类型分别是eMBB切片、mMTC切片、uRLLC切片。图3是本申请提供的一种5G支持的三大典型场景对应的网络切片的类型的示意性框图。eMBB业务如上网、云游戏、高清视频和语音,这要求传输速率达到10Gbps,eMBB业务对应的网络切片的类型是eMBB切片;mMTC业务如智能家庭、智能抄表和安全城市等要求连接密度百万平方公里、并且低功耗,其对应的网络切片的类型是mMTC切片;uRLLC业务如自动驾驶、远程医疗和其他高可靠性业务要求毫秒级时延,其对应的网络切片的类型是uRLLC切片。The types of network slicing corresponding to the three typical scenarios supported by 5G are eMBB slicing, mMTC slicing, and uRLLC slicing. Figure 3 is a schematic block diagram of a type of network slicing corresponding to three typical scenarios supported by 5G provided by this application. eMBB services such as Internet access, cloud games, high-definition video and voice require a transmission rate of 10Gbps. The type of network slice corresponding to eMBB services is eMBB slicing; mMTC services such as smart homes, smart meter reading and safe cities require a connection density of millions square kilometers and low power consumption, the corresponding network slicing type is mmTC slice; uRLLC services such as autonomous driving, telemedicine and other high-reliability services require millisecond-level latency, and the corresponding network slicing type is uRLLC slice.
网络切片的三大特点为隔离性、按需定制和端到端。其中,按需定制包括按需提供切片生命周期,按需分布式部署、按需提供容量、按需提供网络服务。隔离性包括资源隔离、安全隔离、OAM隔离,不同域可以采用不同的隔离技术。端到端包括网络切片是端到端网络,包括接入网、传输网和核心网,需要跨域的切片管理系统。The three major characteristics of network slicing are isolation, on-demand customization and end-to-end. Among them, on-demand customization includes providing slice life cycle on demand, distributed deployment on demand, capacity on demand, and network services on demand. Isolation includes resource isolation, security isolation, and OAM isolation. Different domains can use different isolation technologies. End-to-end network slicing is an end-to-end network, including access network, transmission network and core network, and requires a cross-domain slicing management system.
下面介绍网络切片当中的部分术语。The following introduces some terms used in network slicing.
网络切片的标识信息(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information,S-NSSAI),用来标识一个网络切片。根据运营商的运营或部署需要,一个S-NSSAI可以关联一个或多个网络切片实例,一个网络切片实例可以关联一个或多个S-NSSAI。S-NSSAI包括切片服务类型(Slice/ServiceType,SST)和切片差异(Slice Differentiator,SD)两部分:The identification information of the network slice (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information, S-NSSAI) is used to identify a network slice. According to the operator's operation or deployment needs, one S-NSSAI can be associated with one or more network slicing instances, and one network slicing instance can be associated with one or more S-NSSAI. S-NSSAI includes two parts: slice service type (Slice/ServiceType, SST) and slice difference (Slice Differentiator, SD):
SST,是指在特性和服务方面预期的网络切片行为。例如,SST的标准取值范围为1、2、3,取值1表示eMBB、2表示URLLC、3表示mMTC。SST, refers to the expected behavior of network slicing in terms of features and services. For example, the standard value range of SST is 1, 2, and 3. The value 1 represents eMBB, 2 represents URLLC, and 3 represents mMTC.
SD,是一个可选信息,用来补充SST以区分同一个切片/业务类型的多个网络切片。SD is optional information used to supplement SST to distinguish multiple network slices of the same slice/service type.
SST和SD两部分结合起来表示切片类型及同一切片类型的多个切片,如表1所示。例如S-NSSAI取值为0x01000000、0x02000000、0x03000000分别表示eMBB类型切片、uRLLC类型切片、MIoT类型切片。而S-NSSAI取值为0x01000001、0x01000002则表示eMBB类型切片,分别服务于用户群1和用户群2。The two parts SST and SD are combined to represent the slice type and multiple slices of the same slice type, as shown in Table 1. For example, the S-NSSAI values are 0x01000000, 0x02000000, and 0x03000000, which respectively represent eMBB type slices, uRLLC type slices, and MIoT type slices. The S-NSSAI values 0x01000001 and 0x01000002 represent eMBB type slices, serving user group 1 and user group 2 respectively.
表1 S-NSSAI结构
Table 1 S-NSSAI structure
网络切片选择辅助信息(Network Slice Selection Assistance Information,NSSAI)是S-NSSNI的集合。Network Slice Selection Assistance Information (NSSAI) is a collection of S-NSSNI.
5G网络中使用到的NSSAI有期望的(Requested)NSSAI、允许的(Allowed)NSSAI、配置的(Configured)NSSAI、签约的(Subscribed)S-NSSAI(s),它们的具体定义如表2所示。The NSSAI used in 5G networks include Requested NSSAI, Allowed NSSAI, Configured NSSAI, and Subscribed S-NSSAI(s). Their specific definitions are shown in Table 2. .
表2 NSSAI定义

Table 2 NSSAI definition

在了解网络切片相关概念后,下面介绍UE如何申请加入网络切片。图4是本申请提供的一种注册流程中UE切片选择的方法100的示意性流程图。After understanding the related concepts of network slicing, the following describes how the UE applies to join the network slicing. Figure 4 is a schematic flow chart of a method 100 for UE slice selection in the registration process provided by this application.
S110,UE通过一种接入类型注册到一个公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)上时,发送注册请求消息给RAN。如果UE上存储有此PLMN的Configured NSSAI或者此PLMN此接入类型的Allowed NSSAI,那么UE将在非接入层(Non-access stratum,NAS)注册请求消息以及接入层(access stratum,AS)消息中携带Requested NSSAI信息,Requested NSSAI包含UE请求接入的切片的S-NSSAI。S110: When the UE registers on a public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) through an access type, it sends a registration request message to the RAN. If the Configured NSSAI of this PLMN or the Allowed NSSAI of this access type of this PLMN is stored on the UE, then the UE will register the request message in the non-access stratum (NAS) and the access stratum (AS) The message carries Requested NSSAI information, and Requested NSSAI contains the S-NSSAI of the slice that the UE requests access to.
S120,RAN根据全球唯一AMF标识(Globally Unique AMF Identifier,GUAMI)或Requested NSSAI选择原始Initial AMF,向Initial AMF发送注册请求消息。如果UE没有在接入层消息中提供Requested NSSAI和GUAMI,则RAN应将来自UE的注册请求消息发送给缺省AMF(默认的AMF)。S120, RAN selects the original Initial AMF based on the Globally Unique AMF Identifier (GUAMI) or Requested NSSAI, and sends a registration request message to the Initial AMF. If the UE does not provide the Requested NSSAI and GUAMI in the access layer message, the RAN shall send the registration request message from the UE to the default AMF (default AMF).
S130,Initial AMF查询统一数据管理(Unified Data Management,UDM)获取包括Subscribed S-NSSAIs在内的UE签约信息。Initial AMF根据收到的Requested NSSAI、Subscribed S-NSSAI及本地配置判断是否可以为UE提供服务。如果AMF可以为UE服务,则Initial AMF仍然是UE的服务AMF,然后AMF基于Subscribed S-NSSAI和Requested NSSAI构造出Allowed NSSAI通过注册接受消息返回给UE。如果Initial AMF无法为UE服务或者无法做出判断,则AMF向网络切片选择功能(Network Slice Selection Function,NSSF)进行查询。AMF中会配置每个相关TA支持的S-NSSAI。这些信息是RAN在和AMF建立连接时上报的。S130, Initial AMF queries Unified Data Management (UDM) to obtain UE subscription information including Subscribed S-NSSAIs. Initial AMF determines whether it can provide services to the UE based on the received Requested NSSAI, Subscribed S-NSSAI and local configuration. If the AMF can serve the UE, the Initial AMF is still the serving AMF of the UE, and then the AMF constructs the Allowed NSSAI based on the Subscribed S-NSSAI and the Requested NSSAI and returns it to the UE through the registration acceptance message. If the Initial AMF cannot serve the UE or cannot make a judgment, the AMF queries the Network Slice Selection Function (NSSF). The S-NSSAI supported by each relevant TA will be configured in AMF. This information is reported by the RAN when establishing a connection with the AMF.
S140,AMF将Requested NSSAI、Subscribed S-NSSAI、用户永久标识(Subscription Permanent Identifier,SUPI)的PLMN、跟踪区识别码(Tracking Area identity,TAI)等信息发送给NSSF进行查询。S140, AMF sends the Requested NSSAI, Subscribed S-NSSAI, PLMN of the User Permanent Identifier (Subscription Permanent Identifier, SUPI), Tracking Area Identity (TAI) and other information to NSSF for query.
S150,NSSF根据接收到的信息及本地配置,选出可以为UE服务的AMF Set或候选AMF列表、适用于此次接入类型的Allowed NSSAI,可能还选出为UE服务的网络切片实例、实例内用于选择网络功能(Network Function,NF)的网络存储功能(NF Repository Function,NRF),并将这些信息发送给Initial AMF。S150, NSSF selects the AMF Set or candidate AMF list that can serve the UE based on the received information and local configuration, the Allowed NSSAI applicable to this access type, and may also select network slice instances and instances that serve the UE. It is used to select the network storage function (NF Repository Function, NRF) of the network function (Network Function, NF) and send this information to the Initial AMF.
S160,如果Initial AMF不在AMF Set内且本地未存储AMF地址信息,则Initial AMF通过查询NRF获得候选AMF列表。NRF返回一组可用的AMF列表,包括AMF Pointer(指针)和地址信息。Initial AMF从中选择一个作为目标AMF。S160, if the Initial AMF is not in the AMF Set and the AMF address information is not stored locally, the Initial AMF obtains the candidate AMF list by querying the NRF. NRF returns a set of available AMF lists, including AMF Pointer (pointer) and address information. Initial AMF selects one as the target AMF.
S170a,如果Initial AMF无法通过查询NRF获得候选AMF列表,则Initial AMF需要向RAN发送UE的注册请求消息,Initial AMF发送给RAN的消息里面包含AMF Set和Allowed NSSAI。 S170a, if the Initial AMF cannot obtain the candidate AMF list by querying the NRF, the Initial AMF needs to send the UE's registration request message to the RAN. The message sent by the Initial AMF to the RAN contains AMF Set and Allowed NSSAI.
S170b,RAN根据AMF Set、Allowed NSSAI和本地配置确定目标AMF,RAN向目标AMF发送UE的注册请求消息,该消息里面包含AMF Set和Allowed NSSAI。S170b, the RAN determines the target AMF based on the AMF Set, Allowed NSSAI and local configuration, and the RAN sends the UE's registration request message to the target AMF, which contains the AMF Set and Allowed NSSAI.
S180,如果Initial AMF基于本地策略和签约信息决定直接将NAS消息发送给目标AMF,则Initial AMF将UE注册请求消息以及从NSSF获得的除了AMF集合之外的其他信息都发送给目标AMF。S180, if the Initial AMF decides to send the NAS message directly to the target AMF based on the local policy and subscription information, then the Initial AMF sends the UE registration request message and other information obtained from the NSSF except the AMF set to the target AMF.
如果初始AMF基于本地策略和签约信息决定将NAS消息通过RAN转发给目标AMF,则初始AMF向RAN发送一条Reroute NAS消息。Reroute NAS消息包括目标AMF Set信息和注册请求消息,以及从NSSF获得的相关信息。If the initial AMF decides to forward the NAS message to the target AMF through the RAN based on the local policy and subscription information, the initial AMF sends a Reroute NAS message to the RAN. Reroute NAS message includes target AMF Set information and registration request message, as well as related information obtained from NSSF.
应理解,如果Initial AMF无法通过查询NRF获得候选AMF列表,则会执行S170a和S170b,不需要执行S180。It should be understood that if the Initial AMF cannot obtain the candidate AMF list by querying the NRF, S170a and S170b will be executed, and S180 does not need to be executed.
S190a,目标AMF在接收到S180或S170b中发送的注册请求消息后,目标AMF继续执行注册流程的相关步骤。目标AMF向RAN发送注册接受消息,消息中携带Allowed NSSAI,NSSP等信息。S190a, after the target AMF receives the registration request message sent in S180 or S170b, the target AMF continues to execute the relevant steps of the registration process. The target AMF sends a registration acceptance message to the RAN, which carries information such as Allowed NSSAI and NSSP.
S190b,RAN向UE发送注册接受消息,消息中携带Allowed NSSAI,NSSP等信息。S190b, RAN sends a registration acceptance message to the UE, which carries information such as Allowed NSSAI and NSSP.
当UE加入网络切片后,UE需要为上行业务流选择一个合适的协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话,PDU关联了一个用户终端UE与数据网络DN,PDU会话提供一个PDU连接服务。终端设备与网络设备之间建立的PDU会话具有网络切片、DNN和会话服务连续性(session service continuity,SSC)模式等属性。第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)定义用户URSP来确定应用程序(application,APP)与切片、DNN和SSC模式的对应关系。应用业务的标识信息与网络切片的关联关系由网络切片选择策略(Network Slice Selection Policy,NSSP)确定,图5是本申请提供的NSSP示意性结构图,UE通过NSSP关联APP id和S-NSSAI。NSSP为URSP(UE Route Selection Policy,UE路由选择策略)规则的一部分,URSP是由PCF通过AMF发放给终端设备的。When the UE joins the network slice, the UE needs to select an appropriate protocol data unit (PDU) session for the uplink service flow. The PDU associates a user terminal UE with the data network DN, and the PDU session provides a PDU connection service. The PDU session established between the terminal device and the network device has attributes such as network slicing, DNN and session service continuity (session service continuity, SSC) mode. The 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) defines user URSP to determine the correspondence between application (APP) and slice, DNN and SSC modes. The association between the identification information of the application service and the network slice is determined by the Network Slice Selection Policy (NSSP). Figure 5 is a schematic structure diagram of the NSSP provided by this application. The UE associates the APP id and S-NSSAI through the NSSP. NSSP is part of the URSP (UE Route Selection Policy, UE routing policy) rule. URSP is issued to the terminal device by the PCF through the AMF.
URSP包括一条或多条URSP规则,一条URSP规则主要包括业务描述符(Traffic Descriptor)和路由选择描述符(Route Selection Descriptor)两部分。其中,Traffic descriptor包括多个APP的名称或标识等等,Route Selection Descriptor包括的每个APP对应的网络切片选择信息,以及通配的网络切片选择信息,即未包括在Traffic descriptor的APP可以使用的网络切片选择信息等等。其中,URSP信息的形式可以参阅表3所示,URSP信息内容可以参阅表4所示,Route Selection Descriptor可以参阅表5所示。URSP includes one or more URSP rules. A URSP rule mainly includes two parts: Traffic Descriptor and Route Selection Descriptor. Among them, Traffic descriptor includes the names or logos of multiple APPs, etc. Route Selection Descriptor includes network slice selection information corresponding to each APP, as well as wildcard network slice selection information, that is, APPs not included in Traffic descriptor can use it. Network slice selection information and more. Among them, the form of the URSP information can be seen in Table 3, the content of the URSP information can be seen in Table 4, and the Route Selection Descriptor can be seen in Table 5.
表3 URSP信息的形式列表
Table 3 Form list of URSP information
表4 URSP信息的内容列表

Table 4 Content list of URSP information

表5路线选择描述符列表
Table 5 Route Selection Descriptor List
UE在接收到URSP规则后,可能会触发PDU会话的建立或修改。比如,没有符合要 求的PDU会话时,UE会发起PDU会话建立过程;有符合要求的会话时,可能直接使用已经存在的PDU会话,UE将数据包路由到符合要求的PDU会话上(有多个UE会根据配置等挑选其中一个)。UE每检测到新的应用,UE按照规则优先级(Rule precedence)的顺序评估该应用是否匹配规则中的业务描述符Traffic descriptor。After receiving the URSP rule, the UE may trigger the establishment or modification of the PDU session. For example, if it does not meet the requirements When a PDU session is requested, the UE will initiate the PDU session establishment process; when there is a session that meets the requirements, the existing PDU session may be directly used, and the UE will route the data packet to the PDU session that meets the requirements (if multiple UEs are configured, the Wait to pick one). Each time the UE detects a new application, the UE evaluates whether the application matches the traffic descriptor in the rule in the order of rule precedence.
可以匹配时,UE按照路由选择描述符优先级(Route Selection Descriptor Precedence)的顺序选择该规则中的路由选择描述符(Route Selection Descriptor,RSD)。当RSD不合法(valid,或称不再有效),跳到下一个RSD,否则就选择该RSD。When matching is possible, the UE selects the route selection descriptor (Route Selection Descriptor, RSD) in the rule in the order of route selection descriptor priority (Route Selection Descriptor Precedence). When the RSD is invalid (valid, or no longer valid), jump to the next RSD, otherwise select the RSD.
只有在满足以下所有条件时,URSP规则的路由选择描述符才应被视为有效:A routing descriptor for a URSP rule should be considered valid only if all of the following conditions are met:
如果存在S-NSSAI(s)包括在非漫游情况下的允许NSSAI中,或者在漫游情况下包括在允许NSSAI到HPLMN S-NSSAI(s)的映射中。If present, S-NSSAI(s) are included in the allowed NSSAI(s) in the non-roaming case, or included in the mapping of allowed NSSAI to HPLMN S-NSSAI(s) in the roaming case.
如果存在DNN是本地数据网络(Local Area Data Network,LADN)DNN,且UE处于此LADN的可用性区域。If the existing DNN is a Local Area Data Network (LADN) DNN, and the UE is in the availability area of this LADN.
如果存在时间窗口,并且时间与时间窗口中指示的时间匹配。If a time window exists and the time matches the time indicated in the time window.
如果存在位置标准,并且UE位置与位置标准中指示的内容匹配。If location criteria exist and the UE location matches what is indicated in the location criteria.
RSD中的时间窗口和位置标准是由对应的业务确定的,如背景流量业务规定了具体的业务时间和地点。背景流量业务如终端设备上的软件的更新业务。The time window and location standards in RSD are determined by the corresponding services. For example, the background traffic service stipulates specific service time and location. Background traffic services include software update services on terminal devices.
图6是本申请提供的一种将数据包路由到PDU会话的流程示意图,由UE根据URSP为上行业务流选择一个合适的PDU会话。UE根据URSP将不同上行业务的数据包会路由到不同的PDU会话上。如数据包A可以路由到DNN1,S-NSSAI-a,SSC1的会话上;数据包B可以路由到DNN1,S-NSSAI-a,SSC2的会话上,或DNN1,S-NSSAI-a,SSC1的会话上;数据包C可以路由到DNN2,S-NSSAI-a,SSC3的会话上;数据包D可以路由到DNN1,S-NSSAI-b,SSC1的会话上;数据包E可以路由到DNN2,S-NSSAI-a,SSC3的会话上;数据包F可以路由到DNN2,S-NSSAI-c,SSC3的会话上。Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of routing data packets to a PDU session provided by this application. The UE selects an appropriate PDU session for the uplink service flow according to the URSP. The UE routes data packets of different uplink services to different PDU sessions according to the URSP. For example, data packet A can be routed to the session of DNN1, S-NSSAI-a, SSC1; data packet B can be routed to the session of DNN1, S-NSSAI-a, SSC2, or to the session of DNN1, S-NSSAI-a, SSC1. On the session; Data packet C can be routed to the sessions of DNN2, S-NSSAI-a, SSC3; Data packet D can be routed to the sessions of DNN1, S-NSSAI-b, SSC1; Data packet E can be routed to DNN2, S -NSSAI-a, SSC3 session; packet F can be routed to DNN2, S-NSSAI-c, SSC3 session.
以上网络切片是部署在TA粒度的。即RAN在向AMF上报支持的S-NSSAI时,是上报TA及对应的S-NSSAI。网络侧会认为TA内是均质化的,即一个TA内的任何区域都支持同样的网络切片。网络切片是为服务区域上的服务部署的,随着网络切片部署的增多网络切片的服务区域可能与现有TA匹配,但是也可以不同。例如,网络切片的服务区域不是整个TA,而是TA中的一部分区域。此外,在网络切片的服务区域内,网络切片可能也不是始终能够提供服务的,可能仅在指定时间内才能提供服务。当仅在一定时间间隔内能够服务的网络切片被部署后,UE和网络配置可能会受到影响。例如,当这个网络切片变得可用时,Configured NSSAI可能会改变,这可能会影响Allowed NSSAI和其他参数。此外,当这个网络切片停止使用后,即这个网络切片不再可用时,UE和网络配置也可能会受到上述影响。The above network slices are deployed at TA granularity. That is, when the RAN reports the supported S-NSSAI to the AMF, it reports the TA and the corresponding S-NSSAI. The network side will consider the TA to be homogeneous, that is, any area within a TA supports the same network slice. Network slicing is deployed for services in service areas. As network slicing deployment increases, the service area of the network slicing may match the existing TA, but it may also be different. For example, the service area of a network slice is not the entire TA, but a part of the TA. In addition, within the service area of the network slice, the network slice may not always be able to provide services, and may only be able to provide services within a specified time. When network slices that can only serve within a certain time interval are deployed, UE and network configurations may be affected. For example, the Configured NSSAI may change when this network slice becomes available, which may affect the Allowed NSSAI and other parameters. In addition, when this network slice is discontinued, that is, when this network slice is no longer available, the UE and network configuration may also be affected by the above.
下面对本申请的一种应用场景进行介绍,图7示出了本申请所应用的一种网络架构示意图,该网络架构例如为5G网络的服务化架构。如图11所示,该网络架构主要包括终端设备(User Equipment,UE)、接入网(Access Network,AN)设备、接入与移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)、会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)、用户面功能(User Plane Function,UPF)、策略控制功能(Policy Control function,PCF)、统一数据管理(Unified Data Management,UDM)、统 一数据仓储功能(Unified Data Repository,UDR)、数据网络(Data Network,DN)、网络切片选择功能(Network Slice Selection Function,NSSF)和网络切片管理功能网元(Network Slice Management Function,NSMF)。An application scenario of this application is introduced below. Figure 7 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture applied in this application. The network architecture is, for example, a service-oriented architecture of a 5G network. As shown in Figure 11, the network architecture mainly includes terminal equipment (User Equipment, UE), access network (Access Network, AN) equipment, access and mobility management function (AMF), session management Function (Session Management Function, SMF), User Plane Function (UPF), Policy Control function (PCF), Unified Data Management (UDM), System 1. Data warehousing function (Unified Data Repository, UDR), data network (Data Network, DN), network slice selection function (Network Slice Selection Function, NSSF) and network slice management function network element (Network Slice Management Function, NSMF).
在该网络架构中,AMF提供核心网中的移动性管理功能,主要负责接入和移动性控制,如用户位置更新、用户注册网络、用户切换等包括注册管理(registration management,RM)和连接管理(connection management,CM)、接入鉴权和接入授权、可达性管理和移动性管理等。In this network architecture, AMF provides mobility management functions in the core network and is mainly responsible for access and mobility control, such as user location update, user registration network, user switching, etc., including registration management (RM) and connection management. (connection management, CM), access authentication and access authorization, reachability management and mobility management, etc.
SMF是核心网中的会话管理功能,主要负责移动网络中的会话管理,如会话建立、修改、释放。具体功能如为用户分配IP地址、选择提供报文转发功能的UPF等AMF在对UE进行移动性管理之外,还负责将从会话管理相关消息在UE和SMF之间的转发。SMF is the session management function in the core network and is mainly responsible for session management in the mobile network, such as session establishment, modification, and release. Specific functions include assigning IP addresses to users and selecting UPFs that provide message forwarding functions. In addition to mobility management of the UE, the AMF is also responsible for forwarding session management related messages between the UE and the SMF.
UPF是核心网中的用户面功能,主要提供用户面支持,负责终端设备中用户数据的转发和接收。可以从数据网络接收用户数据,通过接入网设备传输给终端设备;UPF网元还可以通过接入网设备从终端设备接收用户数据,转发到数据网络。UPF网元中为终端设备提供服务的传输资源和调度功能由SMF网元管理控制的。UPF is the user plane function in the core network. It mainly provides user plane support and is responsible for forwarding and receiving user data in terminal devices. It can receive user data from the data network and transmit it to the terminal device through the access network device; the UPF network element can also receive user data from the terminal device through the access network device and forward it to the data network. The transmission resources and scheduling functions in the UPF network element that provide services for terminal equipment are managed and controlled by the SMF network element.
PCF是核心网中的策略管理功能,主要支持提供统一的策略框架来控制网络行为,提供策略规则给控制层网络功能,同时负责获取与策略决策相关的用户签约信息。负责制定对UE的移动性管理、会话管理、计费等相关的策略。PCF is the policy management function in the core network. It mainly supports the provision of a unified policy framework to control network behavior, provides policy rules to the control layer network functions, and is responsible for obtaining user subscription information related to policy decisions. Responsible for formulating policies related to UE mobility management, session management, and charging.
UDM是核心网中的签约数据库,存储用户在5G网络中的签约数据,负责用户的鉴权认证相关的功能,具体有:鉴权凭据处理、用户身份处理、签约信息管理、接入授权等。UDM is the contract database in the core network. It stores user contract data in the 5G network and is responsible for user authentication and authentication-related functions. Specifically, it includes: authentication credential processing, user identity processing, contract information management, access authorization, etc.
UDR是核心网中的统一数据仓储功能,用于UDM存储或检索用户设备的签约数据,以及用于PCF存储策略数据或者读取策略数据。UDR is a unified data warehousing function in the core network. It is used by UDM to store or retrieve subscription data of user devices, and for PCF to store or read policy data.
DN为用户提供数据传输服务的服务网络,如IMS(IP Multi-media Service,IP多媒体业务)、Internet等。UE通过UE到DN之间建立的PDU会话,来访问数据网络。DN is a service network that provides users with data transmission services, such as IMS (IP Multi-media Service, IP Multimedia Service), Internet, etc. The UE accesses the data network through the PDU session established between the UE and the DN.
NSMF是本申请新引入的网元,用于运营商部署网络切片,可以将部署网络切片的信息通知给其他网元。NSMF is a newly introduced network element in this application. It is used by operators to deploy network slicing and can notify other network elements of the information about deploying network slicing.
在该网络架构中,UE通过Uu接口与(R)AN设备进行接入层连接,以交互接入层消息及无线数据传输,UE通过N1接口与AMF进行非接入层(Non-Access Stratum,NAS)连接,以交互NAS消息;AN设备通过N2接口与AMF连接,以及AN设备通过N3接口与UPF连接;多个UPF之间通过N9接口连接,UPF通过N6接口与DN连接,同时,UPF通过N4接口与SMF连接;SMF通过N7接口与PCF连接,SMF通过N10接口与UDM连接,SMF通过N4接口控制UPF,同时,SMF通过N11接口与AMF连接;多个AMF之间通过N14接口连接,AMF通过N8接口与UDM连接,AMF通过N15接口与PCF连接;UDM通过N35接口与UDR连接,PCF通过N36接口与UDR连接;NSMF通过N90接口与PCF连接;NSMF通过N91接口与UDM连接;NSMF通过N92接口与NSSF连接;NSMF通过N93接口与AMF连接;NSMF通过N94接口与SMF连接。In this network architecture, the UE communicates with the (R)AN device through the Uu interface for access layer connection to exchange access layer messages and wireless data transmission. The UE communicates with the AMF through the N1 interface for non-access layer (Non-Access Stratum, NAS) connection to exchange NAS messages; the AN device is connected to the AMF through the N2 interface, and the AN device is connected to the UPF through the N3 interface; multiple UPFs are connected through the N9 interface, and the UPF is connected to the DN through the N6 interface. At the same time, the UPF The N4 interface is connected to SMF; SMF is connected to PCF through N7 interface, SMF is connected to UDM through N10 interface, SMF controls UPF through N4 interface, and at the same time, SMF is connected to AMF through N11 interface; multiple AMFs are connected through N14 interface, AMF It connects to UDM through N8 interface, AMF connects to PCF through N15 interface; UDM connects to UDR through N35 interface, PCF connects to UDR through N36 interface; NSMF connects to PCF through N90 interface; NSMF connects to UDM through N91 interface; NSMF connects through N92 The interface is connected to NSSF; NSMF is connected to AMF through N93 interface; NSMF is connected to SMF through N94 interface.
应理解,本申请中的网元之间的接口名称仅是示例性的,网元之间的接口还可以是其他名称,本申请对接口的名称不予限。It should be understood that the names of the interfaces between network elements in this application are only exemplary. The interfaces between network elements can also have other names, and this application does not limit the names of the interfaces.
应理解,图7仅为示例性架构图,除图7中所示功能单元之外,该网络架构还可以包括其他功能单元或功能网元,本申请对此不进行限定。 It should be understood that FIG. 7 is only an exemplary architecture diagram. In addition to the functional units shown in FIG. 7 , the network architecture may also include other functional units or functional network elements, which is not limited in this application.
还应理解,上述核心网的功能单元可以独立工作,也可以组合在一起实现某些控制功能,如:AMF、SMF和PCF可以组合在一起作为管理设备,用于完成终端设备的接入鉴权、安全加密、位置注册等接入控制和移动性管理功能,以及用户面传输路径的记录、释放和更改等会话管理功能,以及分析一些切片(slice)相关的数据(如拥塞)、终端设备相关的数据的功能,UPF作为网关设备主要完成用户面数据的路由转发等功能,如:负责对终端设备的数据报文过滤、数据传输/转发、速率控制、生成计费信息等。It should also be understood that the above-mentioned functional units of the core network can work independently or can be combined together to implement certain control functions. For example, AMF, SMF and PCF can be combined together as management equipment to complete access authentication of terminal equipment. , security encryption, location registration and other access control and mobility management functions, as well as session management functions such as recording, releasing and changing user plane transmission paths, as well as analyzing some slice-related data (such as congestion), terminal device-related As a gateway device, UPF mainly completes functions such as routing and forwarding of user plane data, such as: responsible for data packet filtering, data transmission/forwarding, rate control, and generation of accounting information for terminal devices.
应理解,图7所示的应用场景中还可以包括更多的网络节点,例如其他AMF,图7所示的应用场景包括的接入网设备或者终端设备可以是上述各种形式的接入网设备或者终端设备。本申请在图中不再一一示出。It should be understood that the application scenario shown in Figure 7 can also include more network nodes, such as other AMFs, and the access network equipment or terminal equipment included in the application scenario shown in Figure 7 can be the various forms of access networks mentioned above. equipment or terminal equipment. This application is no longer shown one by one in the drawings.
图8示出了本申请所应用的又一种网络架构示意图。该网络架构例如为5G网络的服务化架构。如图8所示,AMF、SMF、UPF、PCF、UDR、UDM、NSSF和NSMF等控制面功能采用服务化接口进行交互。Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application. The network architecture is, for example, a service-oriented architecture of a 5G network. As shown in Figure 8, control plane functions such as AMF, SMF, UPF, PCF, UDR, UDM, NSSF, and NSMF use service-based interfaces to interact.
AMF对外提供的服务化接口Namf,SMF对外提供的服务化接口Nsmf,PCF对外提供的服务化接口Npcf,UDM对外提供的服务化接口Nudm,NSSF对外提供的服务化接口Nnssf,UDR对外提供的服务化接口Nudr,UDM对外提供的服务化接口Nudm,NSMF对外提供的服务化接口Nnsmf。AMF provides external service interface Namf, SMF provides external service interface Nsmf, PCF provides external service interface Npcf, UDM provides external service interface Nudm, NSSF provides external service interface Nnssf, and UDR provides external services. interface Nudr, the service-oriented interface Nudm provided by UDM to the outside world, and the service-oriented interface Nnsmf provided by NSMF to the outside world.
应理解,图8所示的网络架构的网元的具体的功能可以参考图7所示的网络架构的描述,其余的接口也可参考图7的描述。为了避免重复,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific functions of the network elements of the network architecture shown in FIG. 8 may refer to the description of the network architecture shown in FIG. 7 , and the remaining interfaces may also refer to the description of FIG. 7 . To avoid duplication, they will not be described again here.
图7和图8所示的网络架构为非漫游场景的系统架构,下面介绍漫游场景下的网络架构示意图。The network architecture shown in Figure 7 and Figure 8 is the system architecture in the non-roaming scenario. The following is a schematic diagram of the network architecture in the roaming scenario.
图9示出了本申请所应用的又一种网络架构示意图。该网络架构例如为5G网络的服务化架构。并且,该网络架构为漫游的网络架构,例如为本地疏导(local breakout,LBO)的漫游场景。该5G网络包括归属公共陆地移动网络(home public land mobile network,HPLMN)和拜访公共陆地移动网络(visited public land mobile network,VPLMN)。HPLMN为UE的归属地网络,VPLMN为UE的漫游地网络。在该场景下,业务需要在VPLMN卸载,也就是说,UE的业务需要路由到VPLMN的DN中。其中,VPLMN和HPLMN通过拜访安全边缘保护代理(visited security edge protection proxy,vSEPP)和归属安全边缘保护代理(home security edge protection proxy,hSEPP)通信。Figure 9 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application. The network architecture is, for example, a service-oriented architecture of a 5G network. Moreover, the network architecture is a roaming network architecture, such as a local breakout (LBO) roaming scenario. The 5G network includes the home public land mobile network (HPLMN) and the visited public land mobile network (VPLMN). HPLMN is the home network of the UE, and VPLMN is the roaming network of the UE. In this scenario, services need to be offloaded at the VPLMN, that is, the UE's services need to be routed to the DN of the VPLMN. Among them, VPLMN and HPLMN communicate through the visited security edge protection proxy (vSEPP) and the home security edge protection proxy (hSEPP).
其中,如图9所示,在VPLMN,UE通过(R)AN接入5G网络,UE通过N1接口(简称N1)与AMF通信;(R)AN网元通过N2接口(简称N2)与AMF通信;(R)AN网元通过N3接口(简称N3)与UPF通信;SMF通过N4接口(简称N4)与UPF通信,UPF通过N6接口(简称N6)接入DN。Among them, as shown in Figure 9, in VPLMN, the UE accesses the 5G network through the (R)AN, and the UE communicates with the AMF through the N1 interface (referred to as N1); the (R)AN network element communicates with the AMF through the N2 interface (referred to as N2) ; The (R)AN network element communicates with the UPF through the N3 interface (referred to as N3); the SMF communicates with the UPF through the N4 interface (referred to as N4), and the UPF accesses the DN through the N6 interface (referred to as N6).
此外,图9所示的VPLMN的NSSF、AMF、SMF、PCF等控制面功能采用服务化接口进行交互。图9所示的HPLMN的UDM、PCF、NSSF等控制面功能也采用服务化接口进行交互。In addition, the VPLMN control plane functions such as NSSF, AMF, SMF, and PCF shown in Figure 9 use service-based interfaces for interaction. HPLMN's UDM, PCF, NSSF and other control plane functions shown in Figure 9 also use service-based interfaces for interaction.
图10示出了本申请所应用的又一种网络架构示意图,且该网络架构为漫游的网络架构,例如为LBO的漫游场景。该5G网络包括HPLMN和VPLMN。在该网络架构中,VPLMN内的NSSF、UE、(R)AN、SMF、以及HPLMN内的UDM、NSMF都能与VPLMN内的AMF通信。VPLMN内的SMF还能与VPLMN内的UPF、PCF(也称为vPCF)以及HPLMN 内的UDM通信。VPLMN内的PCF还能与HPLMN内的PCF(也称为hPCF)通信。VPLMN内的UPF还能与VPLMN内的(R)AN以及DN通信。图14中,两个网元之间的“Nxx”表示这两个网元之间的接口。Figure 10 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application, and the network architecture is a roaming network architecture, such as an LBO roaming scenario. The 5G network includes HPLMN and VPLMN. In this network architecture, NSSF, UE, (R)AN, SMF in the VPLMN, and UDM and NSMF in the HPLMN can communicate with the AMF in the VPLMN. The SMF in the VPLMN can also be combined with the UPF, PCF (also called vPCF) and HPLMN in the VPLMN. UDM communication within. The PCF within the VPLMN can also communicate with the PCF within the HPLMN (also known as hPCF). The UPF in the VPLMN can also communicate with the (R)AN and DN in the VPLMN. In Figure 14, "Nxx" between two network elements indicates the interface between the two network elements.
图11示出了本申请所应用的又一种网络架构示意图,该网络架构例如为5G网络的服务化架构。该网络架构为漫游的网络架构,例如为归属路由(home routed,HR)的漫游场景。该5G网络包括HPLMN和VPLMN,HPLMN为UE的归属地网络,VPLMN为UE的漫游地网络,VPLMN和HPLMN通过vSEPP和hSEPP通信。与图9所示的网络架构不同的是,在图11所示的场景下,业务需要在HPLMN卸载,即,UE的业务需要路由到HPLMN的DN中。Figure 11 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application. The network architecture is, for example, a service-oriented architecture of a 5G network. The network architecture is a roaming network architecture, such as a home routed (HR) roaming scenario. The 5G network includes HPLMN and VPLMN. HPLMN is the home network of the UE, and VPLMN is the roaming network of the UE. The VPLMN and HPLMN communicate through vSEPP and hSEPP. Different from the network architecture shown in Figure 9, in the scenario shown in Figure 11, services need to be offloaded at the HPLMN, that is, the UE's services need to be routed to the DN of the HPLMN.
其中,如图11所示,VPLMN内的UPF与HPLMN内的UPF通过N9接口(简称N9)通信。此外,图11所示的VPLMN的NSSF、AMF、SMF、或者PCF等控制面功能采用服务化接口进行交互。图11所示的HPLMN的UDM、PCF、NSSF等控制面功能也采用服务化接口进行交互。Among them, as shown in Figure 11, the UPF in the VPLMN communicates with the UPF in the HPLMN through the N9 interface (referred to as N9). In addition, control plane functions such as NSSF, AMF, SMF, or PCF of VPLMN shown in Figure 11 use service-based interfaces for interaction. HPLMN's UDM, PCF, NSSF and other control plane functions shown in Figure 11 also use service-based interfaces for interaction.
图12为本申请所应用的又一种网络架构示意图,且该网络架构为漫游的网络架构,例如为HR的漫游场景。该5G网络包括HPLMN和VPLMN。在该网络架构中,VPLMN内的NSSF、UE、(R)AN、SMF、PCF、以及HPLMN内的AUSF、UDM都能与VPLMN内的AMF通信。VPLMN内的SMF还能与VPLMN内的UPF以及HPLMN内的SMF通信。VPLMN内的PCF还能与HPLMN内的PCF通信。VPLMN内的UPF还能与VPLMN内的(R)AN以及HPLMN内的UPF通信。VPLMN内的NSSF还能与HPLMN内的NSSF通信。HPLMN内的SMF还能与HPLMN内的UPF、UDM以及PCF通信。HPLMN内的UPF还能接入VPLMN内的DN。图12中,两个网元之间的“Nxx”表示这两个网元之间的接口。Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of another network architecture applied in this application, and the network architecture is a roaming network architecture, such as an HR roaming scenario. The 5G network includes HPLMN and VPLMN. In this network architecture, NSSF, UE, (R)AN, SMF, PCF in the VPLMN, and AUSF and UDM in the HPLMN can communicate with the AMF in the VPLMN. The SMF in the VPLMN can also communicate with the UPF in the VPLMN and the SMF in the HPLMN. The PCF in the VPLMN can also communicate with the PCF in the HPLMN. The UPF in the VPLMN can also communicate with the (R)AN in the VPLMN and the UPF in the HPLMN. The NSSF in the VPLMN can also communicate with the NSSF in the HPLMN. The SMF in the HPLMN can also communicate with the UPF, UDM and PCF in the HPLMN. The UPF in the HPLMN can also access the DN in the VPLMN. In Figure 12, "Nxx" between two network elements indicates the interface between the two network elements.
下面结合图13详细说明本申请提供的一种网络切片的通信方法,图13是本申请的一种网络切片的通信方法200的示意性流程图,该方法200可以应用上述应用场景中,当然也可以应用在其他通信场景中,本申请在此不作限制。A network slicing communication method provided by this application will be described in detail below with reference to Figure 13. Figure 13 is a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method 200 of this application. This method 200 can be applied in the above application scenarios, and of course also It can be applied in other communication scenarios and is not limited in this application.
如图13所示,图13中示出的方法200可以包括S210至S250。下面结合图13详细说明方法200中的各个步骤。As shown in FIG. 13 , the method 200 shown in FIG. 13 may include S210 to S250. Each step in the method 200 is described in detail below with reference to FIG. 13 .
S210,PCF获取网络切片的信息,该网络切片的信息包含该网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域。S210. The PCF obtains network slice information. The network slice information includes the identification information of the network slice. The network slice information also includes the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information of the network slice, wherein the The first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice.
例如,该网络切片的标识信息可以为网络切片的网络切片的标识信息(Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information,S-NSSAI)。For example, the identification information of the network slice may be the identification information of the network slice (Single Network Slice Selection Assistance Information, S-NSSAI).
可选的,该第一时间指示信息包含一组开始时间和结束时间,或者多组开始时间和结束时间。如该第一时间指示信息包含的开始时间为2022年3月6日,结束时间为2022年3月7日,又如第一时间指示信息包含的第一组开始时间为2022年3月6日,结束时间为2022年3月7日,第二组开始时间为2022年4月6日,结束时间为2022年4月7日。Optionally, the first time indication information includes a set of start time and end time, or multiple sets of start time and end time. For example, the start time included in the first time indication information is March 6, 2022, and the end time is March 7, 2022. Also, if the first set of start time included in the first time indication information is March 6, 2022, , the end time is March 7, 2022, the second group starts on April 6, 2022, and ends on April 7, 2022.
可选的,该第一时间指示信息包含的开始时间和结束时间单位可以是天、小时等。如该第一时间指示信息包含的开始时间为2022年3月6日00:00:00,结束时间为2022 年3月7日23:59:59。Optionally, the start time and end time units included in the first time indication information may be days, hours, etc. For example, the first time indication information contains a start time of 00:00:00 on March 6, 2022, and an end time of 2022 March 7, 23:59:59.
可选的,该第一时间指示信息包含的开始时间或结束时间可以为一个绝对时间,也可以为相对某一个时间的偏移量,如可以设定初始时间为1970年1月1日00:00:00,开始时间的偏移量为8小时(或28,800秒),即开始时间为1970年1月1日08:00:00,结束时间的偏移量为10小时(或36,000秒),即结束时间为1970年1月1日10:00:00。Optionally, the start time or end time included in the first time indication information can be an absolute time, or an offset relative to a certain time. For example, the initial time can be set to 00, January 1, 1970: 00:00, the offset of the start time is 8 hours (or 28,800 seconds), that is, the start time is 08:00:00 on January 1, 1970, and the offset of the end time is 10 hours (or 36, 000 seconds), that is, the end time is 10:00:00 on January 1, 1970.
可选的,该第一位置指示信息可以包含以下中的一个或多个信息:小区标识(列表),全局RAN节点标识列表,跟踪区标识(列表)。例如,小区标识(列表)具体可以为演进的通用陆基无线接入网(Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network,E-UTRAN)E-UTRAN或新无线(New Radio,NR)的小区标识或标识列表。这样可表示该网络切片仅在对应小区、RAN节点的服务范围内,或跟踪区内是可以提供服务的。当网络切片的信息只包括第一位置指示信息时,该第一位置指示信息包含的跟踪区标识(列表)会附加小区标识(列表),这样,第一位置指示信息指示的网络切片可用的位置区域可以是小区粒度的,较现有技术的网络切片的可用位置区域的粒度更小。Optionally, the first location indication information may include one or more of the following information: cell identification (list), global RAN node identification list, tracking area identification (list). For example, the cell identifier (list) may specifically be the cell identifier or identifier list of Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network, E-UTRAN) E-UTRAN or New Radio (New Radio, NR). This can mean that the network slice can provide services only within the service range of the corresponding cell, RAN node, or tracking area. When the network slice information only includes the first location indication information, the tracking area identifier (list) contained in the first location indication information will be appended with the cell identifier (list). In this way, the location where the network slice indicated by the first location indication information is available The area may be at cell granularity, which is smaller than the location area available in prior art network slicing.
也就是说,如果网络切片的信息包括第一时间指示信息,通过网络切片的信息,PCF可以知道哪个网络切片是仅在特定时间内可以提供服务的,且网络切片的可用时间可以通过第一时间指示信息来体现。That is to say, if the network slice information includes the first time indication information, through the network slice information, PCF can know which network slice can only provide services within a specific time, and the available time of the network slice can be determined through the first time Instructions are reflected.
如果网络切片的信息包括第一位置指示信息,通过网络切片的信息,PCF可以知道哪个网络切片是仅在特定位置范围内可以提供服务的,且网络切片的可用位置范围可以通过第一位置指示信息来体现。If the network slice information includes the first location indication information, through the network slice information, PCF can know which network slice can only provide services within a specific location range, and the available location range of the network slice can be determined through the first location indication information. to reflect.
可选的,该PCF获取该网络切片的信息可以包括以下方式。Optionally, the PCF may obtain information about the network slice in the following ways.
在第一种可能的实现方式中,NSMF在该PCF上配置该网络切片的信息。In the first possible implementation manner, NSMF configures the network slice information on the PCF.
在第二种可能的实现方式中,该NSMF向该PCF发送该网络切片的信息。相应的,该PCF接收该NSMF发送的该网络切片的信息。In a second possible implementation manner, the NSMF sends the network slice information to the PCF. Correspondingly, the PCF receives the network slice information sent by the NSMF.
可选的,该NSMF可以是网管(Operation Administration and Maintenance,OAM),也可以是新引入的功能网元,新引入的功能网元可以用于运营商部署网络切片。Optionally, the NSMF can be a network management (Operation Administration and Maintenance, OAM), or a newly introduced functional network element. The newly introduced functional network element can be used by operators to deploy network slicing.
在第三种可能的实现方式中,该NSMF可以向UDR发送该网络切片的信息,进而在该UDR中引入该网络切片的信息,该PCF访问该UDR获取该网络切片的信息。In a third possible implementation manner, the NSMF can send the network slice information to the UDR, and then introduce the network slice information into the UDR, and the PCF accesses the UDR to obtain the network slice information.
在第四种可能的实现方式中,该NSMF通过UDM/NSSF和AMF向该PCF发送该网络切片的信息。In a fourth possible implementation manner, the NSMF sends the network slice information to the PCF through UDM/NSSF and AMF.
例如,该NSMF向该UDM/NSSF发送该网络切片的信息。相应的,该UDM/NSSF接收并向该AMF发送该网络切片的信息。该AMF接收并向该PCF发送该网络切片的信息。For example, the NSMF sends the network slice information to the UDM/NSSF. Correspondingly, the UDM/NSSF receives and sends the network slice information to the AMF. The AMF receives and sends the network slice information to the PCF.
在第五种可能的实现方式中,该NSMF也可以直接向该AMF发送该网络切片的信息。相应的该AMF接收并向该PCF发送该网络切片的信息。In a fifth possible implementation manner, the NSMF can also directly send the network slice information to the AMF. Correspondingly, the AMF receives and sends the network slice information to the PCF.
例如,当网络中没有配置该NSSF网元时,该NSMF直接向该AMF发送该网络切片的信息。由该AMF向该PCF转发该网络切片的信息。For example, when the NSSF network element is not configured in the network, the NSMF directly sends the network slice information to the AMF. The AMF forwards the network slice information to the PCF.
在第六种可能的实现方式中,通过该OAM直接在AMF本地配置该网络切片的信息,该AMF向该PCF发送配置的该网络切片的信息。 In a sixth possible implementation manner, the OAM directly configures the network slice information locally in the AMF, and the AMF sends the configured network slice information to the PCF.
例如当网络中没有配置该NSSF网元时,运营商通过OAM直接在AMF本地配置该网络切片的信息,该AMF向该PCF发送配置的该网络切片的信息。For example, when the NSSF network element is not configured in the network, the operator directly configures the network slice information locally in the AMF through OAM, and the AMF sends the configured network slice information to the PCF.
可选的,该AMF向该PCF发送该网络切片的信息可以包括以下两种方式。Optionally, the AMF may send the network slice information to the PCF in the following two ways.
在第一种可能的实现方式中,当该AMF接收到该网络切片的信息时,可以主动向该PCF发送该网络切片的信息。In a first possible implementation manner, when the AMF receives the network slice information, it can actively send the network slice information to the PCF.
在第二种可能的实现方式中,该PCF可以向该AMF订阅,当该AMF获取到网络切片的信息或者该网络切片的信息发生改变时(如该网络切片的该第一时间指示信息指示的可用时间和/或第一位置指示信息指示的可用位置区域发生改变时),该AMF向该PCF发送该网络切片的信息。In a second possible implementation, the PCF can subscribe to the AMF when the AMF obtains the network slice information or the network slice information changes (as indicated by the first time indication information of the network slice). When the available time and/or the available location area indicated by the first location indication information changes), the AMF sends the network slice information to the PCF.
应理解,该AMF可以支持该网络切片也可以不支持该网络切片。当UE向该AMF发送请求接入该网络切片的消息时,该AMF不支持该网络切片进而不能为UE提供服务,该AMF可以向NSSF进行查询,NSSF选出可以为UE服务的AMF Set或候选AMF列表,此处可以参考方法100。It should be understood that the AMF may or may not support the network slice. When the UE sends a message requesting access to the network slice to the AMF, the AMF does not support the network slice and cannot provide services to the UE. The AMF can query the NSSF, and the NSSF selects an AMF Set or candidate that can serve the UE. AMF list, you can refer to method 100 here.
在第七种可能的实现方式中,该PCF可以直接从该NSSF获取该网络切片的信息。In a seventh possible implementation manner, the PCF can directly obtain the network slice information from the NSSF.
如,该PCF可以向该NSSF请求获取网络切片的信息,该NSSF接收该请求,向该PCF发送该网络切片的信息;或者,该AMF可以将该PCF的标识信息发送给该NSSF,该NSSF根据该PCF的标识信息向该PCF发送该网络切片的信息。For example, the PCF can request network slice information from the NSSF, and the NSSF receives the request and sends the network slice information to the PCF; or, the AMF can send the identification information of the PCF to the NSSF, and the NSSF The identification information of the PCF sends the information of the network slice to the PCF.
上述S210描述了该PCF获取该网络切片的信息的多种形式。在S210中,若采用上述第四种可能的实现方式,该UDM获取到该网络切片的信息后,可以对终端设备的Subscribed S-NSSAI进行更新。The above S210 describes various forms in which the PCF obtains the information of the network slice. In S210, if the fourth possible implementation method mentioned above is adopted, after obtaining the information of the network slice, the UDM can update the Subscribed S-NSSAI of the terminal device.
例如,当该UDM获取该网络切片的信息时,该UDM可以在UE签约的Subscribed S-NSSAI中加入该网络切片的标识信息,表示UE可以使用该网络切片。至于该网络切片限定的可用时间和/或可用位置,可以通过其他网元来控制,如PCF。或者该UDM在UE Subscribed S-NSSAI中还可以加入该网络切片的该第一时间指示信息和/或该第一位置指示信息,以便于限定UE只能在该第一时间指示信息指示的可用时间和/或该第一位置指示信息指示的可用位置使用该网络切片。该UDM中UE的Subscribed S-NSSAI发生更新,网络侧会根据UE的Subscribed S-NSSAI来更新UE存储的Configured NSSAI,在UE存储的Configured NSSAI中加入该网络切片的信息,UE可以根据Configured NSSAI中的该网络切片的信息,确定UE在当前时间和/或当前位置是否可以使用该网络切片。For example, when the UDM obtains the information of the network slice, the UDM can add the identification information of the network slice to the Subscribed S-NSSAI signed by the UE, indicating that the UE can use the network slice. As for the available time and/or available location limited by the network slice, it can be controlled through other network elements, such as PCF. Or the UDM can also add the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information of the network slice to the UE Subscribed S-NSSAI, so as to limit the UE to only use the available time indicated by the first time indication information. and/or the available location indicated by the first location indication information uses the network slice. When the UE's Subscribed S-NSSAI is updated in the UDM, the network side will update the Configured NSSAI stored by the UE according to the UE's Subscribed S-NSSAI, and add the network slice information to the Configured NSSAI stored by the UE. The UE can update the Configured NSSAI stored in the UE according to the Configured NSSAI The network slice information is used to determine whether the UE can use the network slice at the current time and/or current location.
又例如,若采用上述第四种、第五种或第六种可能的实现方式,该AMF获取到该网络切片的信息后,可以对终端设备的Configured NSSAI进行更新。例如,AMF在UE存储的Configured NSSAI中加入该网络切片的信息,UE可以根据Configured NSSAI中的该网络切片的信息,确定UE在当前时间和/或当前位置是否可以使用该网络切片。For another example, if the fourth, fifth or sixth possible implementation method is adopted, after the AMF obtains the information of the network slice, it can update the Configured NSSAI of the terminal device. For example, AMF adds the network slice information to the Configured NSSAI stored by the UE, and the UE can determine whether the UE can use the network slice at the current time and/or current location based on the network slice information in the Configured NSSAI.
S220,该PCF根据该网络切片的信息生成URSP信息。S220: The PCF generates URSP information based on the network slice information.
例如,该URSP信息包括第一用户路由选择策略规则,该第一URSP规则包括该网络切片的标识信息和该网络切片服务的应用程序的标识信息,该第一URSP规则还包括该网络切片对应的第一时间窗口和/或第一位置范围。PCF根据收到的网络切片的信息来设置该网络切片对应的第一时间窗口和/或第一位置范围。例如,当网络切片的信息包括第一时间指示信息,PCF可设置该第一时间窗口小于或者等于该第一时间指示信息所指示的可 用时间。当网络切片的信息包括第一位置指示信息,PCF可设置该第一位置范围小于或者等于该第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域。也就是说,相比于现有技术中的方案,URSP规则中第一时间窗口的设定考虑了网络切片的可用时间,和/或,URSP规则中第一位置范围的设定考虑了网络切片的可用位置区域。For example, the URSP information includes a first user routing policy rule, the first URSP rule includes identification information of the network slice and identification information of an application served by the network slice, and the first URSP rule also includes the network slice corresponding to A first time window and/or a first position range. The PCF sets the first time window and/or the first location range corresponding to the network slice according to the received network slice information. For example, when the network slice information includes the first time indication information, the PCF may set the first time window to be less than or equal to the possible time window indicated by the first time indication information. use time. When the network slice information includes the first location indication information, the PCF may set the first location range to be less than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information. That is to say, compared with the solution in the prior art, the setting of the first time window in the URSP rule takes into account the available time of the network slice, and/or the setting of the first location range in the URSP rule takes into account the network slice. of available location areas.
例如,该第一URSP规则包括第一路由选择描述符RSD,该第一RSD包括该第一时间窗口和/或该第一位置范围。For example, the first URSP rule includes a first routing descriptor RSD including the first time window and/or the first location range.
S230,该PCF向该AMF发送该URSP信息。S230: The PCF sends the URSP information to the AMF.
相应的,该AMF接收该URSP信息。Correspondingly, the AMF receives the URSP information.
S240,该AMF向该UE发送该URSP信息。S240: The AMF sends the URSP information to the UE.
相应的,该UE接收该URSP信息。Correspondingly, the UE receives the URSP information.
S250,该UE执行该URSP信息。S250: The UE executes the URSP information.
当UE上触发了该网络切片服务的应用程序时,UE根据该URSP信息中的第一URSP规则,确定出该网络切片。UE在确定出该网络切片后,可以执行以下两种操作。When the application of the network slice service is triggered on the UE, the UE determines the network slice according to the first URSP rule in the URSP information. After determining the network slice, the UE can perform the following two operations.
在一种可能的实现方式中,UE此时已经接入了该网络切片,例如UE可能在接收到上述更新的Configure NSSAI时,UE向网络侧发起接入该网络切片的消息,并成功接入该网络切片。如果UE此时已经接入了该网络切片,UE可以根据该URSP信息选择合适的PDU会话。如果没有符合第一URSP规则的PDU会话时,UE会发起PDU会话建立过程;有符合第一URSP规则的会话时,UE可以直接使用已经存在的PDU会话。In a possible implementation, the UE has already accessed the network slice at this time. For example, when the UE receives the above-mentioned updated Configure NSSAI, the UE may initiate a message to the network side to access the network slice and successfully access the network slice. This network slice. If the UE has accessed the network slice at this time, the UE can select an appropriate PDU session based on the URSP information. If there is no PDU session that conforms to the first URSP rule, the UE will initiate a PDU session establishment process; if there is a session that conforms to the first URSP rule, the UE can directly use the existing PDU session.
在一种可能的实现方式中,UE此时还没有接入该网络切片,UE可以向网络侧发起接入该网络切片的消息。UE在申请接入该网络切片时,网络侧的该AMF、该NSSF或该UDM中保存有该网络切片的信息,该NSSF、该AMF或该UDM根据该网络切片的该第一时间指示信息和/或该第一位置指示信息判断该UE是否可以使用该网络切片。In a possible implementation manner, the UE has not accessed the network slice at this time, and the UE may initiate a message to the network side to access the network slice. When the UE applies to access the network slice, the AMF, the NSSF or the UDM on the network side stores the information of the network slice. The NSSF, the AMF or the UDM uses the first time indication information of the network slice and the /Or the first location indication information determines whether the UE can use the network slice.
例如,在该AMF根据该网络切片的该第一位置指示信息判断该UE是否可以使用该网络切片时,该AMF可以根据该网络切片向RAN订阅(或称获取)该UE的位置信息,该AMF可以根据该网络切片的该第一位置指示信息设置报告区域(Presence Reporting Area,PRA),并将该PRA发送给RAN,由RAN上报该UE是否位于PRA范围内。当然,AMF也可以使用其他方式向RAN订阅UE的位置。当UE的当前位置位于该网络切片的可用位置区域和/或当前时间在该网络切片的可用时间之内,该AMF判断UE当前可以使用该网络切片,继续进行接入流程。在UE接入该网络切片后,UE可根据该URSP信息选择合适的PDU会话。当UE的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域,AMF判断UE当前不可以使用该网络切片。For example, when the AMF determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on the first location indication information of the network slice, the AMF can subscribe to (or obtain) the location information of the UE from the RAN based on the network slice. A reporting area (Presence Reporting Area, PRA) can be set according to the first location indication information of the network slice, and the PRA is sent to the RAN, and the RAN reports whether the UE is within the PRA range. Of course, the AMF can also use other methods to subscribe to the RAN for the location of the UE. When the current location of the UE is located in the available location area of the network slice and/or the current time is within the available time of the network slice, the AMF determines that the UE can currently use the network slice and continues the access process. After the UE accesses the network slice, the UE can select an appropriate PDU session based on the URSP information. When the current location of the UE exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the AMF determines that the UE cannot currently use the network slice.
在该AMF根据该网络切片的该第一时间指示信息判断该UE是否可以使用该网络切片时,若当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间,AMF判断UE当前不可以使用该网络切片。When the AMF determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on the first time indication information of the network slice, if the current time exceeds the available time of the network slice, the AMF determines that the UE cannot currently use the network slice.
该AMF判断UE当前不可以使用该网络切片后,可以执行以下动作中的一项或多项:After the AMF determines that the UE cannot currently use the network slice, it can perform one or more of the following actions:
1)AMF将该网络切片设置为拒绝的rejected网络切片。1) AMF sets the network slice as a rejected network slice.
2)AMF触发SMF释放该网络切片关联的PDU会话,该PDU会话可能是UE在满足该网络切片的可用位置区域和/或看可用时间时建立的。2) The AMF triggers the SMF to release the PDU session associated with the network slice. The PDU session may be established by the UE when it meets the available location area of the network slice and/or checks the available time.
在该方法200中,UE根据获取到该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示 信息,确定UE是否可以使用该网络切片,达到了网络切片在特定时间、特定区域使用的效果。如果UE判断有误,如当前时间已经超出第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间和/或UE当前位置已经超出第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域,但是UE确判断为可以接入该网络切片,此时网络侧还可以再次进行验证。同时,在该UE根据URSP信息确定合适的PDU会话,URSP信息中包括了第一时间窗口和/或第一位置范围该第一时间窗口设定考虑了网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置范围的设定考虑了网络切片的可用位置区域,UE根据URSP信息确定的PDU会话是满足该网络切片的可用时间和/或可用位置区域的,从而达到网络切片在特定时间、特定区域使用的效果。从而,实现了在网络侧灵活部署网络切片。In the method 200, the UE obtains the first time indication information and/or the first location indication of the network slice. Information to determine whether the UE can use the network slice, achieving the effect of using the network slice at a specific time and in a specific area. If the UE determines incorrectly, for example, the current time has exceeded the available time indicated by the first time indication information and/or the current location of the UE has exceeded the available location area indicated by the first location indication information, but the UE does determine that it can access the Network slicing, the network side can also perform verification again at this time. At the same time, the UE determines a suitable PDU session according to the URSP information. The URSP information includes the first time window and/or the first location range. The first time window setting takes into account the available time of the network slice. The first location range The setting takes into account the available location area of the network slice. The PDU session determined by the UE based on the URSP information satisfies the available time and/or available location area of the network slice, thereby achieving the effect of using the network slice at a specific time and in a specific area. As a result, network slicing can be deployed flexibly on the network side.
在方法200中,该PCF还可以向UE发送第一会话指示信息,该第一会话指示信息包括该网络切片的限定使用时间,该第一会话指示信息用于指示当该网络切片的限定使用时间截止时,该UE释放PDU会话((或重新评估URSP规则(或RSD)的合法性),该PDU会话为该UE建立的关联该网络切片的会话。In method 200, the PCF may also send first session indication information to the UE, where the first session indication information includes the limited usage time of the network slice, and the first session indication information is used to indicate when the limited usage time of the network slice Upon expiration, the UE releases the PDU session (or re-evaluates the validity of the URSP rule (or RSD)), and the PDU session is associated with the network slice established by the UE.
可选的,该限定使用时间可以小于或者等于该URSP信息中的第一时间窗口指示的时间,如该第一时间窗口指示的时间为某天的十点到十二点,该限定使用时间为某天的十点到十一点五十分。该限定使用时间小于该URSP信息中的第一时间窗口指示的时间,UE可以提前释放PDU会话,可以避免在该网络切片后期由于网络的不稳定带来的影响,可以提高用户体验度。Optionally, the limited usage time may be less than or equal to the time indicated by the first time window in the URSP information. For example, the time indicated by the first time window is from ten o'clock to twelve o'clock on a certain day, and the limited usage time is From ten to eleven fifty on a certain day. The limited usage time is less than the time indicated by the first time window in the URSP information. The UE can release the PDU session in advance, which can avoid the impact of network instability in the later stages of the network slicing and improve user experience.
在方法200中,该PCF还可以向UE发送第二会话指示信息,该第二会话指示信息用于指示当该UE检测到不符合路由选择验证条件时,该UE要立即释放该PDU会话,该PDU会话为该UE建立的关联该网络切片的会话。In method 200, the PCF may also send second session indication information to the UE. The second session indication information is used to indicate that when the UE detects that the routing verification conditions are not met, the UE should immediately release the PDU session. The PDU session is a session established by the UE and associated with the network slice.
在第一种实现方式中,该第一会话指示信息和该第二会话指示信息可以包含在该URSP信息中,如在该URSP信息中的RSD里包括该第一会话指示信息和该第二会话指示信息。In a first implementation manner, the first session indication information and the second session indication information may be included in the URSP information, for example, the first session indication information and the second session indication information are included in the RSD in the URSP information. Instructions.
在第二种实现方式中,该PCF可以通过一条消息向UE发送第一会话指示信息、该第二会话指示信息和该URSP信息。In the second implementation manner, the PCF may send the first session indication information, the second session indication information and the URSP information to the UE through one message.
在第三种实现方式中,该PCF可以通过不同的消息向UE发送第一会话指示信息、该第二会话指示信息和该URSP信息。In a third implementation manner, the PCF may send the first session indication information, the second session indication information and the URSP information to the UE through different messages.
在方法200中,NSSF或AMF可以根据该网络切片的信息,更新其允许的网络切片列表,如当前时刻在该网络切片的第一时间指示信息指示的时间内,NSSF或AMF在允许的网络切片列表中加入该网络切片的标识;如当前时刻不在该网络切片的第一时间指示信息指示的时间内,NSSF或AMF在允许的网络切片列表中删除该网络切片的标识。In method 200, NSSF or AMF can update its allowed network slice list according to the information of the network slice. For example, at the current moment, within the time indicated by the first time indication information of the network slice, NSSF or AMF is within the allowed network slice. Add the identifier of the network slice to the list; if the current time is not within the time indicated by the first time indication information of the network slice, NSSF or AMF deletes the identifier of the network slice from the allowed network slice list.
特别是,当运营商删除该网络切片时,如果该网络切片处于通过终端设备配置更新(User equipment Configuration update,UCU)过程的UE的允许网络切片中,AMF应将该网络切片设置为拒绝的网络切片,如果UE没有及时释放PDU会话,AMF则触发PDU会话释放,该AMF触发PDU会话释放的过程可以参考方法500中的步骤。In particular, when the operator deletes the network slice, if the network slice is in the allowed network slice of the UE through the end device configuration update (User equipment configuration update, UCU) process, the AMF should set the network slice to a denied network. Slicing, if the UE does not release the PDU session in time, the AMF triggers the PDU session release. For the process of the AMF triggering the PDU session release, please refer to the steps in method 500.
此外,AMF还可以配置该网络切片的可用位置区域(或NSSF向AMF发送该网络切片的可用位置区域),并订阅UE的位置。当UE处于连接模式,如果UE不在该网络切片的可用位置区域,且没有及时释放PDU会话时,如果运营商希望严格控制,AMF应触 发PDU会话释放。如果运营商希望可以等待UE进入连接管理空闲状态(connection management-IDLE,CM-IDLE)状态,由UE自行释放,则不需要其他动作。In addition, the AMF can also configure the available location area of the network slice (or the NSSF sends the available location area of the network slice to the AMF) and subscribe to the location of the UE. When the UE is in connected mode, if the UE is not in the available location area of the network slice and the PDU session is not released in time, if the operator wants to strictly control, the AMF should trigger Send PDU session release. If the operator wants to wait for the UE to enter the connection management idle state (connection management-IDLE, CM-IDLE) and let the UE release it by itself, no other action is required.
如果UE重新评估URSP中RSD的导致应用程序更改与PDU会话的关联,则UE可以基于实现执行此类更改。例如UE立即释放该PDU会话,或当UE进入CM-IDLE状时,UE释放PDU会话。If the UE re-evaluates the RSD in the URSP causing the application to change the association with the PDU session, the UE may perform such changes based on the implementation. For example, the UE releases the PDU session immediately, or when the UE enters the CM-IDLE state, the UE releases the PDU session.
下面结合图13详细说明本申请提供的一种网络切片的通信方法,图13是本申请的一种网络切片的通信方法300的示意性流程图。该方法300可以应用上述应用场景中,当然也可以应用在其他通信场景中,本申请在此不作限制。A network slicing communication method provided by the present application will be described in detail below with reference to Figure 13. Figure 13 is a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method 300 of the present application. The method 300 can be applied in the above application scenarios, and of course can also be applied in other communication scenarios, which is not limited in this application.
如图14所示,图14中示出的方法300可以包括S310至S370。下面结合图14详细说明方法300中的各个步骤。As shown in FIG. 14 , the method 300 shown in FIG. 14 may include S310 to S370. Each step in the method 300 will be described in detail below with reference to Figure 14.
S310,AMF获取网络切片的信息,该网络切片的信息包括该网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域。S310. The AMF obtains network slice information. The network slice information includes the identification information of the network slice. The network slice information also includes the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information of the network slice, where the The first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice.
该网络切片的标识信息、第一时间指示信息和第一位置指示信息可以参考上述图12的相关描述,此处不再赘述。For the identification information, first time indication information and first location indication information of the network slice, reference can be made to the relevant description of Figure 12 above, which will not be described again here.
可选的,该AMF获取该网络切片的信息可以包括以下方式。Optionally, the AMF may obtain information about the network slice in the following ways.
在第一种可能的实现方式中,该NSMF向该AMF发送该网络切片的信息。相应的,该AMF接收该NSMF发送的该网络切片的信息。In a first possible implementation manner, the NSMF sends the network slice information to the AMF. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the information of the network slice sent by the NSMF.
在第二中可能的实现方式中,OAM在该AMF本地配置该网络切片的信息。In a second possible implementation manner, the OAM configures the network slice information locally in the AMF.
在第三种可能的实现方式中,该NSMF通过该UDM/NSSF向AMF发送该网络切片的信息。In a third possible implementation manner, the NSMF sends the network slice information to the AMF through the UDM/NSSF.
例如,该NSMF向该UDM/NSSF发送该网络切片的信息。相应的,该UDM/NSSF接收并向该AMF发送该网络切片的信息。For example, the NSMF sends the network slice information to the UDM/NSSF. Correspondingly, the UDM/NSSF receives and sends the network slice information to the AMF.
又例如,该NSMF在该UDM/NSSF上配置该网络切片的信息。该UDM/NSSF向该AMF发送该网络切片的信息。For another example, the NSMF configures the network slice information on the UDM/NSSF. The UDM/NSSF sends the network slice information to the AMF.
上述S310描述了该AMF获取该网络切片的信息的多种形式。在S310中,该UDM获取到该网络切片的信息后,可以对终端设备的Subscribed S-NSSAI进行更新。UDM对终端设备的Subscribed S-NSSAI进行更新的具体过程可以参考图12的相关描述,此处不再赘述。The above S310 describes various forms in which the AMF obtains information about the network slice. In S310, after obtaining the network slice information, the UDM can update the Subscribed S-NSSAI of the terminal device. The specific process of UDM updating the Subscribed S-NSSAI of the terminal device can be referred to the relevant description in Figure 12, and will not be described again here.
S320,该AMF按照该网络切片的信息生成本地数据网络(Local Area Data Network,LADN)信息。S320: The AMF generates local data network (Local Area Data Network, LADN) information according to the information of the network slice.
该AMF根据该网络切片的信息(如该网络切片的标识信息、该第一时间指示信息和/或该第一位置指示信息)生成该LADN信息。The AMF generates the LADN information according to the information of the network slice (such as the identification information of the network slice, the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information).
例如,该AMF可以将该网络切片的标识信息转换成本地数据网络的名称DNN。For example, the AMF may convert the identification information of the network slice into the name DNN of the local data network.
例如可以是,该AMF本地存储了多个网络切片标识信息和多个DNN的对应关系表,该AMF根据该网络切片的标识信息和对应关系表,确定该网络切片的标识信息对应的DNN。又例如,如果对应关系表中不包括该网络切片的标识信息,AMF可以基于运营商策略给该网络切片分配DNN。 For example, the AMF locally stores multiple network slice identification information and multiple DNN correspondence tables, and the AMF determines the DNN corresponding to the network slice identification information based on the network slice identification information and the correspondence table. For another example, if the correspondence table does not include the identification information of the network slice, AMF can allocate a DNN to the network slice based on the operator's policy.
又例如,该AMF在将该网络切片的标识信息转换成DNN的同时,该AMF可以根据该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息确定第二时间指示信息和/或第二位置指示信息。该第二时间指示信息用于指示该本地数据网络的可用时间,该第二时间指示信息所指示的可用时间小于或等于该第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间。该第二位置指示信息用于指示所述本地数据网络的可用小区,该第二位置指示信息所指示的可用小区小于或等于所述第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域。For another example, while the AMF converts the identification information of the network slice into a DNN, the AMF may determine the second time indication information and/or the second time indication information and/or the first location indication information based on the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information of the network slice. 2. Position indication information. The second time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the local data network, and the available time indicated by the second time indication information is less than or equal to the available time indicated by the first time indication information. The second location indication information is used to indicate available cells of the local data network, and the available cells indicated by the second location indication information are smaller than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information.
可选的,该LADN信息包括DNN。Optionally, the LADN information includes DNN.
可选的,该LADN信息包括DNN和第二时间指示信息。Optionally, the LADN information includes DNN and second time indication information.
可选的,该LADN信息包括本地数据网络的名称DNN和第二位置指示信息。Optionally, the LADN information includes the name DNN of the local data network and the second location indication information.
可选的,该LADN信息包括本地数据网络的名称DNN、第二时间指示信息和第二位置指示信息。其中,该可用位置区域可以是小区cell粒度的区域,也可以是TA粒度的区域。Optionally, the LADN information includes the name DNN of the local data network, second time indication information, and second location indication information. The available location area may be a cell granularity area or a TA granularity area.
可选的,该第二时间指示信息的形式可以参考第一时间指示信息的形式,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the form of the second time indication information may refer to the form of the first time indication information, which will not be described again here.
可选的,该第二时间指示信息可以为该LADN服务的时间长度。Optionally, the second time indication information may be the time length of the LADN service.
可选的,该第二位置指示信息可以包括小区标识(列表),即该LADN信息可以是小区cell粒度,即该LADN DNN对应的LADN服务区可以包含小区粒度信息。Optionally, the second location indication information may include a cell identifier (list), that is, the LADN information may be cell granularity, that is, the LADN service area corresponding to the LADN DNN may include cell granularity information.
可选的,该第二位置指示信息可以包括跟踪区标识(列表)和小区标识(列表)。Optionally, the second location indication information may include a tracking area identifier (list) and a cell identifier (list).
可选的,网络(如OAM)也可以直接在AMF配置上述LADN信息(比如,可以根据网络切片的信息进行配置;当然也可以根据其他信息进行配置,如OAM直接在AMF上配置限制了使用时间和/或小区粒度的LADN信息在AMF等,可以实现在该AMF上灵活配置信息)。Optionally, the network (such as OAM) can also directly configure the above LADN information on AMF (for example, it can be configured based on network slice information; of course, it can also be configured based on other information, such as OAM directly configured on AMF to limit the usage time. and/or cell-granular LADN information in the AMF, etc., which can enable flexible configuration of information on the AMF).
可选的,该AMF也可以不用根据该网络切片的信息生成该LADN信息,而是UDM根据该网络切片的信息生成该LADN信息并将该LADN发送给该AMF。Optionally, the AMF does not need to generate the LADN information based on the network slice information, but the UDM generates the LADN information based on the network slice information and sends the LADN to the AMF.
可选的,AMF在获取到该网络切片的信息时,在将该网络切片的标识信息转换成DNN后,可以更新UDM中UE的签约信息(即将该DNN加入UE签约的DNN),表示UE可以使用该DNN。可选的,UE的签约信息中还可以加入该DNN的该第二时间指示信息和/或该第二位置指示信息,以便于限定UE只能在该第二时间指示信息指示的可用时间和/或该第二位置指示信息指示的可用位置使用该DNN。Optionally, when AMF obtains the information of the network slice, after converting the identification information of the network slice into a DNN, it can update the UE's subscription information in the UDM (that is, add the DNN to the DNN subscribed by the UE), indicating that the UE can Use this DNN. Optionally, the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information of the DNN can also be added to the subscription information of the UE, so as to limit the UE to only use the available time and/or indicated by the second time indication information. Or the available location indicated by the second location indication information uses the DNN.
S330,该AMF向UE发送该LADN信息。S330: The AMF sends the LADN information to the UE.
可选的,该LADN信息包括本地数据网络的名称DNN。当该LADN信息只包括本地数据网络的名称DNN时,UE可以根据已配置的URSP信息或者是PCF重新下发的URSP来确定该UE是否可以接入该DNN。Optionally, the LADN information includes the name DNN of the local data network. When the LADN information only includes the name of the local data network, DNN, the UE can determine whether the UE can access the DNN based on the configured URSP information or the URSP re-issued by the PCF.
可选的,该LADN信息包括本地数据网络的名称DNN,该LADN信息还包括该第二时间指示信息和/或该第二位置指示信息。该UE在接收到该LADN信息后,可以根据该LADN包括的该第二时间指示信息和/或该第二位置指示信息,确定该UE是否可以请求接入该LADN。或者,该UE在接收到该LADN信息,该第一应用触发时,该UE可以根据已配置的URSP确定该第一应用服务的网络为该DNN,该UE可以根据该LADN信息中包括的该第二时间指示信息和/或该第二位置指示信息,确定该UE是否可以请求接入该 DNN。Optionally, the LADN information includes the name DNN of the local data network, and the LADN information also includes the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information. After receiving the LADN information, the UE may determine whether the UE can request access to the LADN based on the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information included in the LADN. Alternatively, when the UE receives the LADN information and the first application is triggered, the UE may determine that the network served by the first application is the DNN according to the configured URSP, and the UE may determine according to the third network information included in the LADN information. Second time indication information and/or the second location indication information, determine whether the UE can request access to the DNN.
当该UE的当前时间超出该第二时间指示信息所指示的可用时间时,该UE不请求接入该本地数据网络;或者,当该UE的当前位置超出该第二位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域时,该UE不请求接入该本地数据网络。When the current time of the UE exceeds the available time indicated by the second time indication information, the UE does not request access to the local data network; or when the current location of the UE exceeds the available time indicated by the second location indication information When in the location area, the UE does not request access to the local data network.
例如,当该UE不在该LADN可用位置区域时,UE:For example, when the UE is not in the LADN available location area, the UE:
不请求激活此LADN DNN的PDU会话的用户面(User Plane,UP)连接;Do not request activation of the User Plane (UP) connection for the PDU session of this LADN DNN;
不为此LADN DNN建立/修改PDU会话(已建立PDU会话的数据关闭状态更改报告可以除外);Do not establish/modify PDU sessions for this LADN DNN (except for data shutdown status change reports of established PDU sessions);
此外,如果UE收到了来自网络侧的PDU会话释放请求,UE还可以释放此LADN DNN的现有PDU会话。In addition, if the UE receives a PDU session release request from the network side, the UE can also release the existing PDU session of this LADN DNN.
应理解,该UE可能之前已经接入该LADN DNN,但是当前该UE的位置不在该LADN可用位置区域。It should be understood that the UE may have accessed the LADN DNN before, but the current location of the UE is not in the LADN available location area.
例如,当该UE不在该LADN可用时间时,UE:For example, when the UE is not available during the LADN availability time, the UE:
不请求激活此LADN DNN的PDU会话的UP连接;Do not request an UP connection to activate the PDU session of this LADN DNN;
不为此LADN DNN建立/修改PDU会话(已建立PDU会话的数据关闭状态更改报告可以除外);Do not establish/modify PDU sessions for this LADN DNN (except for data shutdown status change reports of established PDU sessions);
此外,如果UE收到了来自网络侧的PDU会话释放请求,UE还可以释放此LADN DNN的现有PDU会话。In addition, if the UE receives a PDU session release request from the network side, the UE can also release the existing PDU session of this LADN DNN.
应理解,该UE可能之前已经接入该LADN DNN,但是当前时刻超出了该LADN DNN的可用时间。It should be understood that the UE may have accessed the LADN DNN before, but the current time exceeds the available time of the LADN DNN.
例如,当UE处于LADN可用位置区域和/或可用时间时(当该LADN同时具有可用位置区域和可用时间时,UE必须同时满足处于LADN可用位置区域和可用时间的条件),UE:For example, when the UE is in the LADN available location area and/or available time (when the LADN has both available location area and available time, the UE must meet the conditions of being in the LADN available location area and available time at the same time), the UE:
可以请求此LADN DNN的PDU会话建立/修改;You can request PDU session establishment/modification of this LADN DNN;
可以请求激活此LADN DNN的现有PDU会话的UP连接。It is possible to request activation of an UP connection for an existing PDU session of this LADN DNN.
AMF发送给UE的LADN信息指示了该LADN DNN的可用时间,该LADN DNN的可用时间是根据网络切片的可用时间确定的,因此实现了网络切片在特定时间使用的效果。The LADN information sent by the AMF to the UE indicates the available time of the LADN DNN. The available time of the LADN DNN is determined based on the available time of the network slice, thus achieving the effect of using the network slice at a specific time.
AMF发送给UE的LADN信息还指示了该LADN DNN的可用位置区域,该LADN DNN的可用位置区域是根据网络切片的可用位置区域确定的,因此实现了网络切片在特定位置区域使用的效果。The LADN information sent to the UE by the AMF also indicates the available location area of the LADN DNN. The available location area of the LADN DNN is determined based on the available location area of the network slice, thus achieving the effect of using the network slice in a specific location area.
S340,该AMF向PCF发送该网络切片对应的该本地数据网络的DNN。S340: The AMF sends the DNN of the local data network corresponding to the network slice to the PCF.
可选的,该AMF还可以向该PCF发送该第二时间指示信息和/或该第二位置指示信息。Optionally, the AMF may also send the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information to the PCF.
可选的,该AMF还可以向PCF发送LADN DNN对应的网络切片的标识信息。Optionally, the AMF can also send the identification information of the network slice corresponding to the LADN DNN to the PCF.
S350,该PCF接收该DNN,该PCF根据该DNN生成URSP信息。S350: The PCF receives the DNN, and the PCF generates URSP information based on the DNN.
可选的,该PCF根据该DNN、该第二时间指示信息和/或该第二位置指示信息生成URSP信息。Optionally, the PCF generates URSP information according to the DNN, the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information.
例如,该URSP信息包括第一URSP规则,该第一URSP规则包括该DNN和该DNN服务的应用程序的标识信息;或者,该第一URSP规则包括该DNN和该DNN服务的应 用程序的标识信息,该第一URSP规则还包括该DNN对应的第一时间窗口和/或第一位置范围,该第一时间窗口小于或者等于该第二时间指示信息所指示的可用时间,该第一位置范围小于或者等于所述第二位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域。For example, the URSP information includes a first URSP rule, and the first URSP rule includes identification information of the DNN and the application program served by the DNN; or, the first URSP rule includes the DNN and the application program served by the DNN. Using the identification information of the program, the first URSP rule also includes a first time window and/or a first location range corresponding to the DNN. The first time window is less than or equal to the available time indicated by the second time indication information. The first location range is smaller than or equal to the available location area indicated by the second location indication information.
其中,该第一URSP规则中包括第一路由选择描述符RSD,该第一RSD包括该网络切片对应的第一时间窗口和/或第一位置范围。The first URSP rule includes a first routing descriptor RSD, and the first RSD includes a first time window and/or a first location range corresponding to the network slice.
可选的,该PCF可以根据应用与网络切片的标识信息的对应关系和LADN DNN对应的网络切片的标识信息确定应用与DNN的对应关系,(即确定TD和对应的RSD)。Optionally, the PCF can determine the corresponding relationship between the application and the DNN based on the corresponding relationship between the application and the identification information of the network slice and the identification information of the network slice corresponding to the LADN DNN (that is, determine the TD and the corresponding RSD).
S360,该PCF通过该AMF向该UE发送该URSP信息。S360: The PCF sends the URSP information to the UE through the AMF.
S370,该UE执行该URSP信息。S370: The UE executes the URSP information.
步骤S350至步骤S370是可选的步骤。因为UE上可能已经配置了URSP,且该URSP中包括该LADN DNN,此时,PCF侧可以不发送URSP信息。这样可以减小信令开销,节省网络资源。Steps S350 to S370 are optional steps. Because the URSP may have been configured on the UE, and the URSP includes the LADN DNN, at this time, the PCF side does not need to send URSP information. This can reduce signaling overhead and save network resources.
当然,PCF侧如果下发了URSP信息,且该URSP信息包括了该DNN对应的第一时间窗口和/或第一位置范围时,因为该第一时间窗口小于或者等于该DNN的第二时间指示信息所指示的可用时间,该第一位置范围小于或者等于该DNN的第二位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域,UE可以根据该URSP信息确定合适的PDU会话,这样可以避免在该DNN临近结束时间或者该DNN可用位置的边缘区域,由于DNN网络的不稳定(如突然中断)所带来的网络的延迟、卡顿,可以提高用户体验度。Of course, if the PCF side issues URSP information, and the URSP information includes the first time window and/or the first location range corresponding to the DNN, because the first time window is less than or equal to the second time indication of the DNN, The available time indicated by the information, the first location range is less than or equal to the available location area indicated by the second location indication information of the DNN, the UE can determine the appropriate PDU session based on the URSP information, so as to avoid the end of the DNN. Time or the edge area of the DNN available location, network delays and freezes caused by instability of the DNN network (such as sudden interruptions) can improve user experience.
应理解,在S330中,当该UE接收到该LADN信息时,UE可以向网络侧发起接入该LADN信息包括的DNN的消息;或者,当该UE在第一应用触发时,该UE可以根据已配置的URSP、或者通过S360接收到的该URSP信息确定该第一应用服务的网络为该DNN,该UE可以向网络侧发起接入该DNN的消息,该第一应用为该DNN服务的应用,该URSP信息包括了该第一应用的标识信息。在该UE接入该DNN时,当该UE在第一应用触发时,该UE根据该已配置的URSP或者通过S360接收到的该URSP信息,确定该第一应用映射的PDU会话。It should be understood that in S330, when the UE receives the LADN information, the UE may initiate a message to the network side to access the DNN included in the LADN information; or, when the UE is triggered by the first application, the UE may The configured URSP or the URSP information received through S360 determines that the network served by the first application is the DNN. The UE can initiate a message to the network side to access the DNN, and the first application is an application served by the DNN. , the URSP information includes the identification information of the first application. When the UE accesses the DNN, when the UE is triggered by the first application, the UE determines the PDU session mapped by the first application based on the configured URSP or the URSP information received through S360.
UE根据获取到该LADN信息,确定UE是否可以使用该网络切片,达到了网络切片在特定时间、特定区域使用的效果。如果UE判断有误,如当前时间已经超出第二时间指示信息所指示的可用时间和/或UE当前位置已经超出第二位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域,但是UE却判断为可以接入该DNN,此时网络侧如AMF和SMF还可以再次进行验证。同时在该UE根据PCF下发的URSP信息确定合适的PDU会话时,URSP信息中包括了第一时间窗口和/或第一位置范围,该第一时间窗口设定考虑了DNN的可用时间,该第一位置范围的设定考虑了DNN的可用位置区域,UE根据URSP信息确定的PDU会话是满足该DNN的可用时间和/或可用位置区域的,从而达到网络切片在特定时间、特定区域使用的效果。从而,实现了在网络侧灵活部署网络切片。The UE determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on obtaining the LADN information, thereby achieving the effect of using the network slice in a specific time and in a specific area. If the UE determines incorrectly, for example, the current time has exceeded the available time indicated by the second time indication information and/or the current location of the UE has exceeded the available location area indicated by the second location indication information, but the UE determines that it can access the DNN, at this time the network side such as AMF and SMF can be verified again. At the same time, when the UE determines a suitable PDU session based on the URSP information issued by the PCF, the URSP information includes the first time window and/or the first location range. The first time window setting takes into account the available time of the DNN. The setting of the first location range takes into account the available location area of the DNN. The PDU session determined by the UE based on the URSP information satisfies the available time and/or available location area of the DNN, thereby achieving the goal of using the network slice in a specific time and area. Effect. As a result, network slicing can be deployed flexibly on the network side.
该UE向网络侧发起接入该DNN的消息时,网络侧会验证该UE是否允许接入该DNN。因此,方法300中,还可以包括该AMF向RAN订阅UE的位置。When the UE initiates a message to the network side to access the DNN, the network side will verify whether the UE is allowed to access the DNN. Therefore, method 300 may also include the AMF subscribing the location of the UE to the RAN.
例如,该AMF向RAN发送该LADN信息,由RAN根据LADN信息包括的第二位置指示信息上报UE当前的实际位置或者上报UE是否在第二位置指示信息指示的位置范围里。 For example, the AMF sends the LADN information to the RAN, and the RAN reports the current actual location of the UE according to the second location indication information included in the LADN information or reports whether the UE is within the location range indicated by the second location indication information.
例如,AMF根据该LADN信息向RAN订阅UE的位置。该AMF可以根据该LADN信息向RAN订阅(或称获取)该UE的位置信息,如AMF根据该LADN信息的位置指示信息设置报告区域(Presence Reporting Area,PRA),并将该PRA发送给接入网设备RAN,由RAN上报该UE是否位于该PRA范围内,AMF根据UE的当前位置判断该UE是否可以使用该DNN。For example, the AMF subscribes to the RAN for the location of the UE based on the LADN information. The AMF can subscribe (or obtain) the location information of the UE to the RAN based on the LADN information. For example, the AMF sets a reporting area (Presence Reporting Area, PRA) based on the location indication information of the LADN information, and sends the PRA to the access The network equipment RAN reports whether the UE is within the PRA range, and the AMF determines whether the UE can use the DNN based on the UE's current location.
网络侧的SMF也会在UE发起接入该DNN的消息时,验证UE是否可以接入该DNN。The SMF on the network side will also verify whether the UE can access the DNN when the UE initiates a message to access the DNN.
例如,当该SMF收到该UE发送的与该LADN DNN建立PDU会话的请求时,它可以向AMF订阅“UE移动事件通知”和/或“UE服务时间通知”,使得AMF向SMF报告UE是否在可用位置区域和/或可用时间。具体包括以下几种情况:For example, when the SMF receives a request from the UE to establish a PDU session with the LADN DNN, it can subscribe to the "UE mobility event notification" and/or "UE service time notification" to the AMF, so that the AMF reports to the SMF whether the UE In available location area and/or available time. Specifically include the following situations:
第一种情况,当该SMF被AMF告知LADN可用位置区域和/或可用时间中的该UE存在为OUT(即该UE不在该LADN可用位置区域和/或可用时间)时,该SMF应:In the first case, when the SMF is informed by the AMF that the UE exists in the LADN available location area and/or available time as OUT (that is, the UE is not in the LADN available location area and/or available time), the SMF should:
立即释放PDU会话,该PDU会话为该UE建立的会话,该PDU会话服务网络为该该LADN DNN;或在维护PDU会话的同时去关闭PDU会话的用户面连接的数据通知,如果该SMF在一段时间后没有被告知UE移动到LADN可用位置区域,该SMF可以释放PDU会话。Immediately release the PDU session, which is a session established by the UE, and the PDU session service network is the LADN DNN; or while maintaining the PDU session, close the data notification of the user plane connection of the PDU session. If the SMF is in a period After time without being informed that the UE has moved to the LADN available location area, the SMF can release the PDU session.
第二种情况,当SMF被AMF告知UE存在该LADN可用位置区域和/或可用时间为IN(即该UE在该LADN可用位置区域和/或可用时间)时,该SMF应:启用数据通知。当该SMF收到来自UPF的下行数据或数据通知时,触发LADN PDU会话的网络触发服务请求过程,以激活UP连接。In the second case, when the SMF is informed by the AMF that the UE exists in the LADN available location area and/or the available time is IN (that is, the UE is in the LADN available location area and/or available time), the SMF should: enable data notification. When the SMF receives downlink data or data notifications from the UPF, the network triggering the LADN PDU session triggers the service request process to activate the UP connection.
第三种情况,当该SMF被告知该UE在该LADN可用位置区域和/或可用时间的存在为未知时,SMF可以:启用数据通知,SMF向UPF订阅收到的下行数据包的事件,UPF会在收到(某个服务质量流的)第一个下行数据包时通知SMF,这样,当该SMF收到来自UPF的下行数据或数据通知时,触发LADN PDU会话的网络触发服务请求过程,以激活该UP连接。In the third case, when the SMF is informed that the presence of the UE in the LADN available location area and/or available time is unknown, the SMF can: enable data notification, SMF subscribes to the UPF for events of received downlink data packets, and the UPF The SMF will be notified when the first downlink data packet (of a certain quality of service flow) is received. In this way, when the SMF receives downlink data or data notifications from the UPF, the network that triggers the LADN PDU session triggers the service request process. to activate the UP connection.
可选的,该SMF也可以(从AMF或UDM)获取该LADN DNN对应的可用位置区域和/或可用时间,例如,AMF或UDM向SMF发送该LADN DNN对应的可用位置区域和/或可用时间。该SMF根据该LADN DNN对应的可用位置区域和/或可用时间以及该UE的位置确定该UE是否在该LADN可用位置区域和/或可用时间。具体而言:Optionally, the SMF can also obtain (from AMF or UDM) the available location area and/or available time corresponding to the LADN DNN. For example, the AMF or UDM sends the available location area and/or available time corresponding to the LADN DNN to the SMF. . The SMF determines whether the UE is in the LADN available location area and/or available time based on the available location area and/or available time corresponding to the LADN DNN and the location of the UE. in particular:
当该SMF确定该LADN可用位置区域和/或可用时间中的该UE存在为OUT(即该UE不在该LADN服务区域或服务时间窗),或者,当SMF确定该UE存在该LADN可用位置区域和/或可用时间为IN(即该UE在该LADN服务区域或服务时间窗),或者,当该SMF确定该UE在该LADN可用位置区域和/或可用时间的存在为未知,SMF相应的操作可参考前面的描述,此处不再赘述。When the SMF determines that the UE exists in the LADN available location area and/or available time, it is OUT (that is, the UE is not in the LADN service area or service time window), or when the SMF determines that the UE exists in the LADN available location area and/or available time. /or the available time is IN (that is, the UE is in the LADN service area or service time window), or when the SMF determines that the UE is unknown in the LADN available location area and/or available time, the SMF can perform corresponding operations. Refer to the previous description and will not go into details here.
该SMF收到该AMF发送的LADN对应的会话管理(Session Management,SM)请求时,该SMF根据从该AMF接收的指示(即UE在LADN的可用位置区域和/或可用时间)确定该UE是否在该LADN的可用位置区域和/或可用时间。在该DNN是该LAND DNN的情况下,如果该SMF没有收到该AMF发送的指示,则该SMF认为该UE不在LADN的可用位置区域和/或可用时间。如果该UE不在LADN的可用位置区域和/或可用时间,该SMF拒绝该LADN对应的会话管理请求。 When the SMF receives the session management (SM) request corresponding to the LADN sent by the AMF, the SMF determines whether the UE is in the available location area and/or available time of the LADN based on the indication received from the AMF. Available location areas and/or available times for this LADN. In the case where the DNN is the LAND DNN, if the SMF does not receive the indication sent by the AMF, the SMF considers that the UE is not in the available location area and/or available time of the LADN. If the UE is not in the available location area and/or available time of the LADN, the SMF rejects the session management request corresponding to the LADN.
在方法300中,该PCF还可以向UE发送第一会话指示信息,该第一会话指示信息包括该网络切片的限定使用时间,该第一会话指示信息用于指示当该网络切片的限定使用时间截止时,该UE释放PDU会话((或重新评估URSP规则(或RSD)的合法性),该PDU会话为该UE建立的关联该网络切片的会话。In method 300, the PCF may also send first session indication information to the UE, where the first session indication information includes the limited usage time of the network slice, and the first session indication information is used to indicate when the limited usage time of the network slice Upon expiration, the UE releases the PDU session (or re-evaluates the validity of the URSP rule (or RSD)), and the PDU session is associated with the network slice established by the UE.
在方法300中,该PCF还可以向UE发送第二会话指示信息,该第二会话指示信息用于指示当该UE检测到不符合路由选择验证条件时,该UE要立即释放该PDU会话,该PDU会话为该UE建立的关联该网络切片的会话。In method 300, the PCF may also send second session indication information to the UE. The second session indication information is used to indicate that when the UE detects that the routing verification conditions are not met, the UE should immediately release the PDU session. The PDU session is a session established by the UE and associated with the network slice.
该第一会话指示信息和该第二会话指示信息可以参考方法200中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。For the first session indication information and the second session indication information, reference may be made to the relevant description in the method 200, which will not be described again here.
可选的,当该网络切片的使用时间改变时,该AMF可以按照网络切片的信息、以及该网络切片的使用时间和UE位置判断UE是否符合接入该网络切片的要求,在UE不符合要求时,如UE当前的位置超出了该网络切片的可用位置区域和/或当前时间超出了该网络切片的可用时间。该AMF向该UE发送定时信息,该定时信息用于指示该UE在该定时信息指示的时间超时前释放PDU会话,该PDU会话的服务网络为该网络切片。具体可以参考下述方法500的相关描述。Optionally, when the usage time of the network slice changes, the AMF can determine whether the UE meets the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the network slice information, the usage time of the network slice, and the UE location. If the UE does not meet the requirements, When, for example, the current location of the UE exceeds the available location area of the network slice and/or the current time exceeds the available time of the network slice. The AMF sends timing information to the UE. The timing information is used to instruct the UE to release the PDU session before the time indicated by the timing information expires. The service network of the PDU session is the network slice. For details, please refer to the relevant description of method 500 below.
下面结合图15详细说明本申请提供的一种网络切片的通信方法,图15是本申请的一种网络切片的通信方法400的示意性流程图。该方法400可以应用上述应用场景中,当然也可以应用在其他通信场景中,本申请在此不作限制。A network slicing communication method provided by this application will be described in detail below with reference to Figure 15. Figure 15 is a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method 400 of this application. The method 400 can be applied in the above application scenarios, and of course can also be applied in other communication scenarios, which is not limited in this application.
如图15所示,图15中示出的方法400可以包括S410至S480。下面结合图15详细说明方法400中的各个步骤。As shown in FIG. 15 , the method 400 shown in FIG. 15 may include S410 to S480. Each step in the method 400 will be described in detail below with reference to Figure 15.
S410,SMF获取网络切片的信息,该网络切片的信息包含该网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域。S410. The SMF obtains network slice information. The network slice information includes the identification information of the network slice. The network slice information also includes the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information of the network slice, where, the The first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice.
应理解,该网络切片的标识信息、该第一时间指示信息和该第一位置指示信息的描述可以参考上述方法200中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the description of the identification information of the network slice, the first time indication information and the first location indication information may refer to the relevant description in the above method 200, and will not be described again here.
可选的,该SMF获取该网络切片的信息可以包括以下方式。Optionally, the SMF may obtain information about the network slice in the following ways.
在第一种可能的实现方式中,NSMF向该SMF发送该网络切片的信息。相应的,该SMF接收该NSMF发送的该网络切片的信息。In a first possible implementation manner, the NSMF sends the network slice information to the SMF. Correspondingly, the SMF receives the information of the network slice sent by the NSMF.
在第二中可能的实现方式中,该NSMF在该SMF上配置该网络切片的信息。In a second possible implementation manner, the NSMF configures the network slice information on the SMF.
在第三种可能的实现方式中,该NSMF通过UDM/NSSF向该SMF发送该网络切片的信息。In a third possible implementation manner, the NSMF sends the network slice information to the SMF through UDM/NSSF.
例如,该NSMF向该UDM/NSSF发送该网络切片的信息。相应的,该UDM/NSSF接收并向该SMF发送该网络切片的信息。For example, the NSMF sends the network slice information to the UDM/NSSF. Correspondingly, the UDM/NSSF receives and sends the network slice information to the SMF.
又例如,该NSMF在该UDM/NSSF上配置该网络切片的信息。该UDM/NSSF向该SMF发送该网络切片的信息。For another example, the NSMF configures the network slice information on the UDM/NSSF. The UDM/NSSF sends the network slice information to the SMF.
可选的,该SMF也可以向该AMF发送该网络切片的信息,使得该AMF上保存有该网络切片的信息。该AMF、该NSSF或该UDM中保存有该网络切片的信息,以使得UE在申请加入该网络切片的时候,该NSSF或该AMF或该UDM根据该网络切片的该第一时 间指示信息和该第一位置指示信息判断UE是否可以使用该网络切片。该UE在申请加入该网络切片时,网络侧根据该网络切片的信息确定该UE是否可以使用该网络切片的过程可以参考方法200中S250中的相关描述。Optionally, the SMF may also send the network slice information to the AMF, so that the network slice information is stored in the AMF. The AMF, the NSSF or the UDM stores the information of the network slice, so that when the UE applies to join the network slice, the NSSF, the AMF or the UDM will be based on the first time of the network slice. The interval indication information and the first location indication information are used to determine whether the UE can use the network slice. When the UE applies to join the network slice, the network side determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on the information of the network slice. Refer to the relevant description in S250 in method 200.
S420,该SMF按照该网络切片的信息确定UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,该SMF确定该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的释放。其中,该UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该UE的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该UE的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。S420: If the SMF determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice according to the information of the network slice, the SMF determines the release of the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE. Wherein, the fact that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the UE exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
可选的,该SMF可以根据UE的位置信息确定UE是否符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况。如该SMF可以向该AMF订阅UE的位置信息。如,如该SMF可以向AMF发送该终端设备的标识信息,指示该AMF上报该UE的位置信息,AMF向SMF上报UE是否处于该网络切片的可用位置区域。SMF根据AMF上报的UE是否处于该网络切片的可用位置区域确定UE是否符合接入该网络切片的要求。当然,SMF也可以使用其他方式向AMF订阅UE的位置。Optionally, the SMF may determine whether the UE meets the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the UE's location information. For example, the SMF can subscribe to the AMF for the location information of the UE. For example, the SMF can send the identification information of the terminal device to the AMF, instructing the AMF to report the location information of the UE, and the AMF reports to the SMF whether the UE is in the available location area of the network slice. The SMF determines whether the UE meets the requirements for accessing the network slice based on whether the UE is in the available location area of the network slice reported by the AMF. Of course, the SMF can also use other methods to subscribe to the AMF for the UE's location.
可选的,该SMF可以根据当前时间确定UE是否符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况。如当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间,则SMF确定该UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求。Optionally, the SMF may determine whether the UE meets the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the current time. If the current time exceeds the available time of the network slice, the SMF determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice.
其中,SMF确定PDU会话的释放后,可以触发UE释放该PDU会话,或者,也可以自己直接释放该PDU会话,又或者,这两种方式可以都进行。SMF触发UE释放该PDU会话可参考下面步骤S430-S570的描述。SMF自己直接释放该PDU会话可参考下面步骤S480的描述。After the SMF determines the release of the PDU session, it can trigger the UE to release the PDU session, or it can directly release the PDU session itself, or it can perform both methods. For SMF to trigger the UE to release the PDU session, please refer to the description of steps S430-S570 below. SMF itself can directly release the PDU session by referring to the description of step S480 below.
S430,该SMF向该UE发送第一定时信息,该第一定时信息用于指示该UE在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前发起释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求。S430: The SMF sends first timing information to the UE. The first timing information is used to instruct the UE to initiate the release of the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. ask.
S440,该UE接收该SMF发送的该第一定时信息。S440: The UE receives the first timing information sent by the SMF.
S450,该SMF向该UE发送拒绝该UE接入该网络切片的原因值。S450: The SMF sends the reason value for denying the UE access to the network slice to the UE.
其中,当该UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该UE的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间,拒绝该UE接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该UE的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间;或者,当该UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该UE的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝该UE接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该UE的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。Wherein, when the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the UE access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice. The available time of the slice; or, when the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the UE's current location exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the reason value for denying the UE access to the network slice is used to indicate to the UE 's current location is outside the available location area for this network slice.
可选的,步骤S430和步骤S450可以是同一条消息,该SMF可以向该UE同时发送该第一定时信息和该原因值。Optionally, step S430 and step S450 may be the same message, and the SMF may simultaneously send the first timing information and the cause value to the UE.
可选的,该SMF可以通过终端设备更新(User Equipment Configuration update,UCU)流程发送该第一定时信息和/或原因值。Optionally, the SMF can send the first timing information and/or the reason value through the terminal equipment update (User Equipment Configuration update, UCU) process.
可选的,步骤S430和步骤S450可以只执行其中的一个步骤。Optionally, only one of steps S430 and S450 may be performed.
S460,该UE接收该SMF发送的拒绝该UE接入该网络切片的原因值。S460: The UE receives the reason value sent by the SMF for denying the UE access to the network slice.
S470,该UE根据该第一定时信息和/或该原因值,发起释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求,释放该PDU会话。S470: The UE initiates a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE according to the first timing information and/or the cause value, and releases the PDU session.
例如,该UE只接收到该第一定时信息时,该UE在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时 之前发起释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求,释放该PDU会话。For example, when the UE only receives the first timing information, the UE times out within the time indicated by the first timing information. A request was previously initiated to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE, and the PDU session is released.
又例如,UE只接收到该原因值时,该UE可以立即发起释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求,释放该PDU会话;或者,该UE根据自己的实际情况,选择在某个时间发起释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求,释放该PDU会话。For another example, when the UE only receives the reason value, the UE can immediately initiate a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE and release the PDU session; or, the UE can choose to release the PDU session based on its actual situation. Initiate a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE at a certain time, and release the PDU session.
又例如,UE同时接收到该第一定时信息和该原因值,该UE在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前发起释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求,释放该PDU会话。For another example, the UE receives the first timing information and the cause value at the same time, and the UE initiates a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE before the time indicated by the first timing information times out, and releases the PDU session established by the UE. PDU session.
可选的,该UE可以更新该网络切片为不可用的网络切片,比如,该UE将该网络切片的标识信息从本地存储的允许的网络切片的标识信息列表中删除。该UE重新评估对应网络切片相关的URSP规则,包含相应网络切片的RSD(或URSP)为不合法等。Optionally, the UE may update the network slice to be an unavailable network slice. For example, the UE deletes the identification information of the network slice from the locally stored identification information list of allowed network slices. The UE re-evaluates the URSP rules related to the corresponding network slice, and the RSD (or URSP) including the corresponding network slice is illegal.
可选的,该UE接收网络侧设备发送的配置信息,该配置信息包括拒绝的该网络切片的标识信息;该UE将该网络切片的标识信息从本地存储的允许的网络切片的标识信息列表中删除。Optionally, the UE receives the configuration information sent by the network side device, and the configuration information includes the identification information of the rejected network slice; the UE removes the identification information of the network slice from the locally stored identification information list of allowed network slices. delete.
可选的,该UE可以发起新的PDU会话,如重新评估URSP,根据新的URSP判断是否可以关联新的网络切片,发起新的PDU会话。Optionally, the UE can initiate a new PDU session, such as re-evaluating the URSP, judging whether it can be associated with a new network slice based on the new URSP, and initiating a new PDU session.
S480,该SMF没有收到UE发送的请求释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话,该SMF确定该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的释放。S480: The SMF does not receive a request sent by the UE to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE, and the SMF determines the release of the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
例如,该SMF立即释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话。For example, the SMF immediately releases the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
又例如,该SMF确定第二定时信息,在该第二定时信息的时间超时时,该SMF释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话。For another example, the SMF determines the second timing information, and when the time of the second timing information times out, the SMF releases the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
可选的,该第一定时信息可以小于或者等于该第二定时信息。该第一定时信息是UE用于释放该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的时间,该第二定时信息是SMF用于释放该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的时间。该第一定时信息和该第二定时信息可以是定时器,如该第一定时信息定时1秒,该第二定时信息定时2秒。该UE在1秒内释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话,该SMF在2秒内释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话。Optionally, the first timing information may be less than or equal to the second timing information. The first timing information is the time used by the UE to release the PDU session associated with the network slice, and the second timing information is the time used by the SMF to release the PDU session associated with the network slice. The first timing information and the second timing information may be timers. For example, the first timing information is timed to 1 second, and the second timing information is timed to 2 seconds. The UE releases the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE within 1 second, and the SMF releases the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE within 2 seconds.
该SMF设定第一定时信息和该第二定时信息,使得UE侧均不会立即停止正在进行的业务,并且该第一定时信息小于该第二定时信息,给UE侧预留的时间更充足,可以提高用户的体验度。The SMF sets the first timing information and the second timing information so that the UE side will not immediately stop the ongoing service, and the first timing information is smaller than the second timing information, leaving more sufficient time for the UE side. , which can improve user experience.
应理解,该步骤S480为可选步骤,在该UE没有释放该PDU会话时,该SMF可以主动释放该PDU会话。It should be understood that step S480 is an optional step. When the UE does not release the PDU session, the SMF can actively release the PDU session.
在该方法400中,该SMF根据网络切片的信息指示该UE释放PDU会话,或者该SMF在UE没有成功释放PDU会话时,该SMF主动释放该PDU会话,从而实现了灵活部署网络切片,达到网络切片在特定时间、特定区域使用的效果。同时,该SMF可以设定定时信息来指示UE释放PDU会话或者主动释放PDU会话,定时信息可以使得UE的业务不会被瞬间切断,从而提升用户的感受。In the method 400, the SMF instructs the UE to release the PDU session according to the network slice information, or when the UE fails to successfully release the PDU session, the SMF actively releases the PDU session, thereby realizing flexible deployment of network slices and reaching the network The effect of slicing in a specific area at a specific time. At the same time, the SMF can set timing information to instruct the UE to release the PDU session or actively release the PDU session. The timing information can prevent the UE's services from being cut off instantly, thus improving the user experience.
下面结合图16详细说明本申请提供的一种网络切片的通信方法,图16是本申请的一种网络切片的通信方法500的示意性流程图。该方法500可以应用上述应用场景中,当然 也可以应用在其他通信场景中,本申请在此不作限制。A network slicing communication method provided by the present application will be described in detail below with reference to Figure 16. Figure 16 is a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method 500 of the present application. This method 500 can be applied in the above application scenarios, of course It can also be applied in other communication scenarios, and this application is not limited here.
如图16所示,图16中示出的方法500可以包括S510至S580。下面结合图16详细说明方法500中的各个步骤。As shown in FIG. 16, the method 500 shown in FIG. 16 may include S510 to S580. Each step in the method 500 will be described in detail below with reference to Figure 16 .
S510,AMF获取网络切片的信息,该网络切片的信息包含该网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第二位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域。S510. The AMF obtains network slice information. The network slice information includes the identification information of the network slice. The network slice information also includes the first time indication information and/or the second location indication information of the network slice, where the The first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice.
应理解,该网络切片的标识信息、该第一时间指示信息和该第一位置指示信息的描述可以参考上述方法200中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the description of the identification information of the network slice, the first time indication information and the first location indication information may refer to the relevant description in the above method 200, and will not be described again here.
该AMF获取该网络切片的信息的具体过程可以参考上述步骤S310的描述,此处不再赘述。For the specific process of the AMF obtaining the information of the network slice, reference can be made to the description of the above step S310, which will not be described again here.
可选的,该AMF在获取网络切片的信息的过程中,NSSF或UDM中可能会保存该网络切片的信息,该AMF、该NSSF或该UDM中保存有该网络切片的信息,以使得UE在申请加入该网络切片的时候,该NSSF或该AMF或该UDM根据该网络切片的该第一时间指示信息和该第一位置指示信息判断UE是否可以使用该网络切片。该UE在申请加入该网络切片时,网络侧根据该网络切片的信息确定该UE是否可以使用该网络切片的过程可以参考上述步骤S250中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。Optionally, in the process of obtaining the network slice information, the AMF may store the network slice information in the NSSF or UDM. The AMF, the NSSF or the UDM stores the network slice information, so that the UE can When applying to join the network slice, the NSSF or the AMF or the UDM determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on the first time indication information and the first location indication information of the network slice. When the UE applies to join the network slice, the network side determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on the information of the network slice. Refer to the relevant description in step S250 above, which will not be described again here.
S520,该AMF按照该网络切片的信息确定UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,该AMF确定该UE建立的与该网络切片或本地数据网络相关联的PDU会话的释放。其中,该UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该UE的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该UE的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。S520: If the AMF determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice according to the information of the network slice, the AMF determines the release of the PDU session associated with the network slice or the local data network established by the UE. Wherein, the fact that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the UE exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
可选的,该AMF可以根据UE的位置信息确定UE是否符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况。该AMF可以根据该网络切片的信息向RAN订阅(或称获取)该UE的位置信息,该AMF可以根据该网络切片的该第一位置指示信息设置报告区域(Presence Reporting Area,PRA),并将该PRA发送给RAN,由RAN上报该UE的实际位置,AMF可以根据UE的当前实际位置信息确定UE是否符合接入该网络切片的要求。当然,AMF也可以使用其他方式向RAN订阅UE的位置。Optionally, the AMF may determine whether the UE meets the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the UE's location information. The AMF can subscribe to (or obtain) the location information of the UE from the RAN based on the information of the network slice, and the AMF can set a reporting area (Presence Reporting Area, PRA) based on the first location indication information of the network slice, and The PRA is sent to the RAN, and the RAN reports the actual location of the UE. The AMF can determine whether the UE meets the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the current actual location information of the UE. Of course, the AMF can also use other methods to subscribe to the RAN for the location of the UE.
可选的,该AMF可以根据当前时间确定UE是否符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况。如当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间,则AMF确定该UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求。Optionally, the AMF may determine whether the UE meets the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the current time. If the current time exceeds the available time of the network slice, the AMF determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice.
其中,AMF确定PDU会话的释放后,可以触发UE释放该PDU会话,或者,也可以触发SMF释放该PDU会话,又或者,这两种方式可以都进行。AMF触发UE释放该PDU会话可参考下面步骤S530-S570的描述。AMF触发SMF释放该PDU会话可参考下面步骤S580的描述。After the AMF determines the release of the PDU session, it can trigger the UE to release the PDU session, or it can trigger the SMF to release the PDU session, or both of these methods can be performed. For AMF to trigger the UE to release the PDU session, please refer to the description of steps S530-S570 below. For AMF to trigger SMF to release the PDU session, please refer to the description of step S580 below.
S530,该AMF向该UE发送第一定时信息,该第一定时信息用于指示该UE在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前发起释放该UE建立的与该网络切片或该本地数据网络相关联的PDU会话的请求。S530: The AMF sends the first timing information to the UE. The first timing information is used to instruct the UE to initiate the release of the network slice or the local data network established by the UE before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. Request for associated PDU session.
S540,该UE接收该AMF发送的该第一定时信息。S540: The UE receives the first timing information sent by the AMF.
S550,该AMF向该UE发送拒绝该UE接入该网络切片的原因值。 S550: The AMF sends the reason value for denying the UE access to the network slice to the UE.
其中,当该UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该UE的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间,拒绝该UE接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该UE的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间;或者,当该UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该UE的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝该UE接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该UE的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。Wherein, when the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the UE access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice. The available time of the slice; or, when the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the UE's current location exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the reason value for denying the UE access to the network slice is used to indicate to the UE 's current location is outside the available location area for this network slice.
可选的,步骤S530和步骤S550可以是同一条消息,该AMF可以向该UE同时发送该第一定时信息和该原因值。Optionally, step S530 and step S550 may be the same message, and the AMF may simultaneously send the first timing information and the cause value to the UE.
可选的,该AMF可以通过UCU流程发送该第一定时信息和/或原因值。Optionally, the AMF can send the first timing information and/or cause value through the UCU process.
可选的,步骤S530和步骤S550可以只执行其中的一个步骤。Optionally, only one of step S530 and step S550 may be performed.
S560,该UE接收该AMF发送的拒绝该UE接入该网络切片的原因值。S560: The UE receives the reason value sent by the AMF for denying the UE access to the network slice.
S570,该UE根据该第一定时信息和/或该原因值,发起释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求,释放该PDU会话。S570: The UE initiates a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE according to the first timing information and/or the cause value, and releases the PDU session.
UE的操作可参考S470的描述,此处不再赘述。For the operation of the UE, please refer to the description of S470, which will not be described again here.
S580,该AMF没有收到UE发送的请求释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话,该AMF确定该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的释放。S580: The AMF does not receive a request sent by the UE to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE, and the AMF determines the release of the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
例如,该AMF立即向SMF发送释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求。For example, the AMF immediately sends a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE to the SMF.
又例如,该AMF确定第二定时信息,在该第二定时信息的时间超时,该AMF向SMF发送释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求。For another example, the AMF determines the second timing information, and when the time of the second timing information times out, the AMF sends a request to the SMF to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
可选的,该第一定时信息可以小于或者等于该第二定时信息。该第一定时信息是UE用于释放该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的时间,该第二定时信息是AMF用于释放该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的时间。该第一定时信息和该第二定时信息可以是定时器,如该第一定时信息定时1秒,该第二定时信息定时2秒。该UE在1秒内释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话,该AMF在2秒内向SMF发送释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求。Optionally, the first timing information may be less than or equal to the second timing information. The first timing information is the time used by the UE to release the PDU session associated with the network slice, and the second timing information is the time used by the AMF to release the PDU session associated with the network slice. The first timing information and the second timing information may be timers. For example, the first timing information is timed to 1 second, and the second timing information is timed to 2 seconds. The UE releases the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE within 1 second, and the AMF sends a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE to the SMF within 2 seconds.
该AMF设定第一定时信息和该第二定时信息,使得UE侧均不会立即停止正在进行的业务,并且该第一定时信息小于该第二定时信息,给UE侧预留的时间更充足,可以提高用户的体验度。The AMF sets the first timing information and the second timing information so that the UE side will not stop the ongoing service immediately, and the first timing information is smaller than the second timing information, leaving more sufficient time for the UE side. , which can improve user experience.
应理解,该步骤S580为可选步骤,在该UE没有释放该PDU会话时,该AMF可以向SMF发送释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求。It should be understood that step S580 is an optional step. When the UE does not release the PDU session, the AMF may send a request to the SMF to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
在该方法500中,该AMF根据网络切片的信息指示该UE释放PDU会话,或者该AMF在UE没有成功释放PDU会话时,该AMF可以向SMF发送释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求,从而实现了灵活部署网络切片,达到网络切片在特定时间、特定区域使用的效果。同时,该SMF可以设定定时信息来指示UE释放PDU会话或者主动释放PDU会话,定时信息可以使得UE的业务不会被瞬间切断,从而提升用户的感受。In the method 500, the AMF instructs the UE to release the PDU session according to the network slice information, or when the UE fails to successfully release the PDU session, the AMF can send a release message to the SMF that is associated with the network slice established by the UE. PDU session request, thereby realizing flexible deployment of network slices and achieving the effect of using network slices at specific times and in specific areas. At the same time, the SMF can set timing information to instruct the UE to release the PDU session or actively release the PDU session. The timing information can prevent the UE's services from being cut off instantly, thus improving the user experience.
下面结合图17详细说明本申请提供的一种网络切片的通信方法,图17是本申请的一种网络切片的通信方法600的示意性流程图。该方法600可以应用上述应用场景中,当然也可以应用在其他通信场景中,本申请在此不作限制。 A network slicing communication method provided by the present application will be described in detail below with reference to Figure 17. Figure 17 is a schematic flow chart of a network slicing communication method 600 of the present application. This method 600 can be applied in the above application scenarios, and of course can also be applied in other communication scenarios, which is not limited in this application.
如图17所示,图17中示出的方法600可以包括S610至S690。下面结合图17详细说明方法600中的各个步骤。As shown in FIG. 17 , the method 600 shown in FIG. 17 may include S610 to S690. Each step in the method 600 will be described in detail below with reference to Figure 17.
S610,AMF获取网络切片的信息,该网络切片的信息包含该网络切片的S-NSSAI,该网络切片的信息还包含该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域。S610, AMF obtains network slice information. The network slice information includes the S-NSSAI of the network slice. The network slice information also includes the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information of the network slice, where, The first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice.
应理解,该网络切片的标识信息、该第一时间指示信息和该第一位置指示信息的描述可以参考上述方法200中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the description of the identification information of the network slice, the first time indication information and the first location indication information may refer to the relevant description in the above method 200, and will not be described again here.
可选的,该AMF获取该网络切片的信息的具体过程可以参考上述步骤S310的描述,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the specific process for the AMF to obtain the information of the network slice may refer to the description of the above step S310, which will not be described again here.
可选的,该AMF、在获取网络切片的信息的过程中,NSSF或UDM中可能会保存该网络切片的信息,该AMF、该NSSF或该UDM中保存有该网络切片的信息,以使得UE在申请加入该网络切片的时候,该NSSF或该AMF或该UDM根据该网络切片的该第一时间指示信息和该第一位置指示信息判断UE是否可以使用该网络切片。该UE在申请加入该网络切片时,网络侧根据该网络切片的信息确定该UE是否可以使用该网络切片的过程可以参考方法200中S250中的相关描述。Optionally, during the process of obtaining network slice information, the AMF, NSSF or UDM may store the network slice information. The AMF, NSSF or UDM stores the network slice information, so that the UE When applying to join the network slice, the NSSF or the AMF or the UDM determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on the first time indication information and the first location indication information of the network slice. When the UE applies to join the network slice, the network side determines whether the UE can use the network slice based on the information of the network slice. Refer to the relevant description in S250 in method 200.
S620,该AMF向接入网设备RAN发送该网络切片的信息。S620: The AMF sends the network slice information to the access network device RAN.
可选的,该AMF可以通过注册接受消息向该RAN发送该网络切片的信息。Optionally, the AMF may send the network slice information to the RAN through a registration acceptance message.
可选的,该AMF可以通过UE更新配置消息向RAN发送该网络切片的信息。Optionally, the AMF may send the network slice information to the RAN through a UE update configuration message.
S630,该RAN接收该AMF发送的该网络切片的信息。S630: The RAN receives the network slice information sent by the AMF.
S640,该RAN在对应的小区cell广播支持的该网络切片的标识信息。S640: The RAN broadcasts the supported identification information of the network slice in the corresponding cell.
可选的,该网络切片的信息包括该网络切片的标识信息和第一时间指示信息时,该RAN在该网络切片的第一时间指示信息指示的时间内广播支持的该网络切片的标识信息和该第一时间指示信息。当UE接收到该网络切片的标识信息和该第一时间指示信息时,如果UE上在进行与该网络切片关联的PDU会话时,UE可以根据该第一时间指示信息,在该第一时间指示信息指示的时间超时前,发起释放该PDU会话的请求。Optionally, when the information of the network slice includes the identification information of the network slice and the first time indication information, the RAN broadcasts the supported identification information and the first time indication information of the network slice within the time indicated by the first time indication information of the network slice. This first time indication information. When the UE receives the identification information of the network slice and the first time indication information, if the PDU session associated with the network slice is ongoing on the UE, the UE may, according to the first time indication information, indicate at the first time Before the time indicated by the information times out, initiate a request to release the PDU session.
可选的,该网络切片的信息包括该网络切片的标识信息和第一位置指示信息时,该RAN在该网络切片的第一位置指示信息指示的小区内广播支持的该网络切片的标识信息和该第一位置指示信息。当UE接收到该网络切片的标识信息和该第一位置指示信息时,如果UE上在进行与该网络切片关联的PDU会话时,UE可以根据该第一位置指示信息,在该UE移动到该第一位置指示信息指示的位置区域外时,UE发起释放该PDU会话的请求。Optionally, when the information of the network slice includes the identification information and the first location indication information of the network slice, the RAN broadcasts the supported identification information and the first location indication information of the network slice in the cell indicated by the first location indication information of the network slice. the first location indication information. When the UE receives the identification information of the network slice and the first location indication information, if the PDU session associated with the network slice is ongoing on the UE, the UE may move to the UE according to the first location indication information. When outside the location area indicated by the first location indication information, the UE initiates a request to release the PDU session.
可选的,该网络切片的信息包括该网络切片的标识信息、第一位置指示信息和第一时间指示信息时,该RAN在该网络切片的第一时间指示信息指示的时间内,在该第一位置指示信息指示的小区内广播支持的该网络切片的信息。当UE接收到该网络切片的标识信息、该第一位置指示信息和该第一时间指示信息时,如果UE上在进行与该网络切片关联的PDU会话时,UE可以根据该第一时间指示信息和该第一位置指示信息,发起释放该PDU会话的请求,如在该第一时间指示信息指示的时间超时前和/或该UE移动到该第一位置指示信息指示的位置区域外时,发起释放该PDU会话的请求。 Optionally, when the information of the network slice includes the identification information of the network slice, the first location indication information and the first time indication information, the RAN is within the time indicated by the first time indication information of the network slice. The information of the supported network slice is broadcast in the cell indicated by the location indication information. When the UE receives the identification information of the network slice, the first location indication information and the first time indication information, if a PDU session associated with the network slice is being performed on the UE, the UE may use the first time indication information according to the and the first location indication information, initiate a request to release the PDU session, such as before the time indicated by the first time indication information times out and/or when the UE moves outside the location area indicated by the first location indication information. A request to release this PDU session.
当RAN在接收到的该网络切片的信息包括该第一位置指示信息时,RAN在该网络切片的第一位置指示信息指示的小区内广播支持的该网络切片的信息,不在其他小区进行广播,可以节省信令开销,节省网络资源。When the RAN receives information about the network slice that includes the first location indication information, the RAN broadcasts the supported information about the network slice in the cell indicated by the first location indication information of the network slice and does not broadcast it in other cells. It can save signaling overhead and save network resources.
S650,当该RAN根据该网络切片的信息确定UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,该RAN确定所述UE建立的与所述网络切片相关联的PDU会话的释放。其中,该UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该UE的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该UE的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。S650: When the RAN determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice, the RAN determines the release of the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE. Wherein, the fact that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the UE exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
其中,RAN确定PDU会话的释放后,可以触发UE释放该PDU会话,或者,也可以触发SMF释放该PDU会话,又或者,这两种方式可以都进行。RAN触发UE释放该PDU会话可参考下面步骤S660-S670的描述。RAN触发SMF释放该PDU会话可参考下面步骤S680和S690的描述。After the RAN determines the release of the PDU session, it can trigger the UE to release the PDU session, or it can trigger the SMF to release the PDU session, or both methods can be performed. For the RAN to trigger the UE to release the PDU session, please refer to the description of steps S660-S670 below. For the RAN to trigger SMF to release the PDU session, please refer to the description of steps S680 and S690 below.
S660,该RAN发送第一定时信息,该第一定时信息用于指示终端设备在第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前发起与所述网络切片关联的协议数据单元会话的释放请求。S660: The RAN sends first timing information, where the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to initiate a release request for the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice before the time indicated by the first timing information times out.
例如,该RAN可以通过广播或单播的方式向UE发送第一定时信息。For example, the RAN may send the first timing information to the UE in a broadcast or unicast manner.
例如,如果RAN根据第一时间指示信息确定UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求,意味着当前该网络切片的可用时间已经截止,也就是说,该网络切片服务的其他UE也不符合接入该网络切片的要求了,因此,RAN可以广播第一定时信息,接收到该广播的第一定时信息的各个UE可以在第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前发起与所述网络切片关联的协议数据单元会话的释放请求。For example, if the RAN determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the first time indication information, it means that the current available time of the network slice has expired. That is to say, other UEs served by the network slice are also not eligible for access. The network slice is required. Therefore, the RAN may broadcast the first timing information, and each UE that receives the broadcast first timing information may initiate protocol data associated with the network slice before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. Release request for unit session.
又例如,如果RAN根据第一位置指示信息确定UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求,意味着当前UE的位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域,RAN可以向该UE单播第一定时信息,接收到该定时信息的UE可以在第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前发起与所述网络切片关联的协议数据单元会话的释放请求。For another example, if the RAN determines based on the first location indication information that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, which means that the current location of the UE exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the RAN may unicast the first timing information to the UE, The UE that receives the timing information may initiate a release request for the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice before the time indicated by the first timing information expires.
可选的,该RAN也可以根据AMF、SMF的指示广播消息。如,该AMF、该SMF在确定UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,可以向该RAN发送该指示信息,该指示信息包括该第一定时信息,该指示信息用于指示该RAN广播该第一定时消息,该RAN接到该指示信息,该RAN广播消息,该广播消息包括第一定时信息。Optionally, the RAN can also broadcast messages according to the instructions of AMF and SMF. For example, when the AMF or the SMF determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the indication information may be sent to the RAN. The indication information includes the first timing information, and the indication information is used to instruct the RAN. The first timing message is broadcast, the RAN receives the indication information, and the RAN broadcasts a message, and the broadcast message includes the first timing information.
S670,该UE接收该第一定时信息。S670: The UE receives the first timing information.
可选的,该RAN向该UE发送拒绝该UE接入该网络切片的原因值。Optionally, the RAN sends a reason value for denying the UE access to the network slice to the UE.
其中,拒绝该UE接入该网络切片的原因值可以参考前面图12的描述,此次不再赘述。The reason value for denying the UE access to the network slice can be referred to the previous description in Figure 12, and will not be described again this time.
可选的,该RAN可以向该UE同时发送该第一定时信息和该原因值。Optionally, the RAN may simultaneously send the first timing information and the cause value to the UE.
可选的,该RAN向该UE发送该第一定时信息,该RAN向该UE发送该原因值可以只执行其中的一个步骤。Optionally, the RAN sends the first timing information to the UE, and the RAN may only perform one of the steps by sending the cause value to the UE.
可选的,该RAN向该UE发送该原因值的方式可以参考该RAN向该UE发送该第一定时信息的方式,此处不再赘述。Optionally, the way in which the RAN sends the cause value to the UE may refer to the way in which the RAN sends the first timing information to the UE, which will not be described again here.
该UE接收到该第一定时信息和/或该原因值时,发起释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求,释放该PDU会话。When the UE receives the first timing information and/or the cause value, it initiates a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE, and releases the PDU session.
可选的,该UE发起释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求,释放 该PDU会话的过程可以参考图12的描述,此次不再赘述。Optionally, the UE initiates a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE. Release The process of this PDU session can be referred to the description in Figure 12 and will not be described again this time.
应理解,UE在发起释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求,释放该PDU会话的同时,可以更新本地配置等操作,具体方法参考图14的相关描述,此次不再赘述。It should be understood that when the UE initiates a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE, and at the same time releasing the PDU session, it can update the local configuration and other operations. For the specific method, please refer to the relevant description in Figure 14, which will not be discussed this time. Repeat.
S680,该RAN根据所述网络切片的信息确定UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,该RAN确定释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话。其中,该UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该UE的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该UE的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。S680: If the RAN determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the network slice information, the RAN determines to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE. Wherein, the fact that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the UE exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the UE exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
例如,该RAN确定UE不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,该RAN立即通知该AMF该网络切片在跟踪区不可用,所述跟踪区为该RAN覆盖下的小区。For example, if the RAN determines that the UE does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the RAN immediately notifies the AMF that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area, and the tracking area is a cell covered by the RAN.
又例如,该RAN确定第二定时信息,在该第二定时信息的时间超时时,该RAN通知该AMF该网络切片在跟踪区不可用,所述跟踪区为该RAN覆盖下的小区。For another example, the RAN determines the second timing information, and when the time of the second timing information times out, the RAN notifies the AMF that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area, and the tracking area is a cell covered by the RAN.
具体而言,在该第二定时信息的时间超时时,该RAN向该AMF发送接口配置更新(NG configuration update)消息,该接口配置更新消息用于通知该AMF当前网络切片在当前TA不可用,该当前TA为该RAN覆盖下的cell。Specifically, when the second timing information times out, the RAN sends an interface configuration update (NG configuration update) message to the AMF. The interface configuration update message is used to notify the AMF that the current network slice is unavailable in the current TA. The current TA is a cell covered by the RAN.
可选的,该第一定时信息可以小于或者等于该第二定时信息。该第一定时信息是UE用于释放该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的时间,该第二定时信息是RAN用于释放该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的时间,该第一定时信息和该第二定时信息可以是定时器,如该第一定时信息定时1秒,该第二定时信息定时2秒。该UE在1秒内释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话,该RAN在2秒内通知该AMF该网络切片在跟踪区不可用。Optionally, the first timing information may be less than or equal to the second timing information. The first timing information is the time used by the UE to release the PDU session associated with the network slice. The second timing information is the time used by the RAN to release the PDU session associated with the network slice. The first timing information and the third timing information are used by the RAN to release the PDU session associated with the network slice. The second timing information may be a timer, for example, the first timing information is timed to 1 second, and the second timing information is timed to 2 seconds. The UE releases the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE within 1 second, and the RAN notifies the AMF that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area within 2 seconds.
该RAN设定第一定时信息和该第二定时信息,使得UE侧均不会立即停止正在进行的业务,并且该第一定时信息小于该第二定时信息,给UE侧预留的时间更充足,可以提高用户的体验度。The RAN sets the first timing information and the second timing information so that the UE side will not immediately stop the ongoing service, and the first timing information is smaller than the second timing information, leaving more sufficient time for the UE side. , which can improve user experience.
S690,该AMF接收该接口配置更新消息,触发释放该UE建立的与该网络切片相关联的PDU会话的请求。S690: The AMF receives the interface configuration update message and triggers a request to release the PDU session associated with the network slice established by the UE.
应理解,该步骤S680和步骤S690为可选步骤,在该UE没有释放该PDU会话时,该RAN可以主动发起释放该PDU会话。It should be understood that step S680 and step S690 are optional steps. When the UE does not release the PDU session, the RAN may actively initiate the release of the PDU session.
在该方法600中,该RAN根据网络切片的信息生成第一定时信息,该第一定时信息用于指示该UE在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放PDU会话,或者该RAN在该第二定时信息指示的时间超时之前,该RAN向该AMF发送接口配置更新消息,该接口配置更新消息用于通知该AMF该网络切片在跟踪区TA不可用,从而实现了灵活部署网络切片,达到网络切片在特定时间、特定区域使用的效果。同时,定时信息可以使得UE的业务不会被瞬间切断,从而提升用户的感受。In the method 600, the RAN generates first timing information according to the network slice information. The first timing information is used to instruct the UE to release the PDU session before the time expires indicated by the first timing information, or the RAN releases the PDU session before the time expires indicated by the first timing information. Before the time indicated by the second timing information times out, the RAN sends an interface configuration update message to the AMF. The interface configuration update message is used to notify the AMF that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area TA, thereby realizing flexible deployment of network slices and reaching the network The effect of slicing in a specific area at a specific time. At the same time, timing information can prevent UE services from being cut off instantly, thereby improving user experience.
还应理解,方法400、方法500和方法600可以结合方法200使用,方法200描述了UE如何接入网络切片,方法400、方法500和方法600描述了当网络切片的信息发生更新时,已接入网络切片的UE如何释放PDU会话,该PDU会话的服务网络为该网络切片。It should also be understood that method 400, method 500 and method 600 can be used in conjunction with method 200. Method 200 describes how the UE accesses the network slice. Method 400, method 500 and method 600 describe how when the information of the network slice is updated, the connected How does a UE entering a network slice release a PDU session whose serving network is the network slice?
可选的,当上述方法200、方法300、方法400、方法500和方法600应用于LBO漫游场景的网络架构时,该SMF为vSMF,该AMF为vAMF,该PCF为hPCF。该NSMF 可以是vNSMF也可以是hNSMF。该UE在获取该S-NSSAI时,该UE会查询允许的NSSAI以及允许的NSSAI到签约的S-NSSAI的映射,如果该S-NSSA是允许的NSSAI,且存在允许的NSSAI到签约的S-NSSAI的映射,该UE才可以进行上述方法200、方法300、方法400、方法500和方法600中的步骤。Optionally, when the above method 200, method 300, method 400, method 500 and method 600 are applied to the network architecture of the LBO roaming scenario, the SMF is vSMF, the AMF is vAMF, and the PCF is hPCF. The NSMF It can be vNSMF or hNSMF. When the UE obtains the S-NSSAI, the UE will query the allowed NSSAI and the mapping from the allowed NSSAI to the subscribed S-NSSAI. If the S-NSSA is an allowed NSSAI, and there is a allowed NSSAI to the subscribed S-NSSAI Only after NSSAI mapping, the UE can perform the steps in the above method 200, method 300, method 400, method 500 and method 600.
可选的,当上述方法200、方法300、方法400、方法500和方法600应用于HR漫游场景的网络架构时,该SMF为vSMF,该AMF为vAMF,该PCF为hPCF。该NSMF可以是vNSMF也可以是hNSMF。该UE在获取该S-NSSAI时,该UE会查询允许的NSSAI以及允许的NSSAI到签约的S-NSSAI的映射,如果该S-NSSA是允许的NSSAI,且存在允许的NSSAI到签约的S-NSSAI的映射,该UE才可以进行上述方法200、方法300、方法400、方法500和方法600中的步骤。Optionally, when the above method 200, method 300, method 400, method 500 and method 600 are applied to the network architecture of the HR roaming scenario, the SMF is vSMF, the AMF is vAMF, and the PCF is hPCF. The NSMF may be vNSMF or hNSMF. When the UE obtains the S-NSSAI, the UE will query the allowed NSSAI and the mapping from the allowed NSSAI to the subscribed S-NSSAI. If the S-NSSA is an allowed NSSAI, and there is a allowed NSSAI to the subscribed S-NSSAI Only after NSSAI mapping, the UE can perform the steps in the above method 200, method 300, method 400, method 500 and method 600.
可选的,也可以在RAN上配置网络切片的信息(可以是运营商配置),由RAN通过N2接口上报给AMF(如在链接建立时上报),AMF进一步上报给NSSF或其他网元。该实现方式可以应用在上述方法200、方法300、方法400、方法500和方法600中。Optionally, network slicing information can also be configured on the RAN (which can be configured by the operator), and the RAN reports it to the AMF through the N2 interface (for example, when the link is established), and the AMF further reports it to the NSSF or other network elements. This implementation can be applied in the above-mentioned method 200, method 300, method 400, method 500 and method 600.
可选的,上述该网络切片的信息还可以包括业务信息,该业务信息用于指示业务,该业务的服务网络为该网络切片。Optionally, the above-mentioned information about the network slice may also include service information, where the service information is used to indicate a service, and the service network for the service is the network slice.
可选的,该业务信息可以包括以下信息中的一个或多个信息:Optionally, the business information may include one or more of the following information:
如业务的应用标识,业务的IP 3元组,其他TD中的业务信息等。Such as the application identification of the service, the IP 3-tuple of the service, other service information in TD, etc.
应理解,该网络切片也可以表述为,切片中的业务只能在相应位置或时间窗使用。It should be understood that the network slice can also be expressed as: the services in the slice can only be used in the corresponding location or time window.
应理解,上述只是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本申请,而非要限制本申请的范围。本领域技术人员根据所给出的上述示例,显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化,例如,上述方法中某些步骤可以不必须的,或者可以新加入某些步骤等。或者上述任意两种或者任意多种实施例的组合。这样的修改、变化或者组合后的方案也落入本申请的范围内。It should be understood that the above is only to help those skilled in the art better understand the present application, but is not intended to limit the scope of the present application. Those skilled in the art can obviously make various equivalent modifications or changes based on the above examples given. For example, some steps in the above method may not be necessary, or some new steps may be added, etc. Or a combination of any two or more of the above embodiments. Such modified, changed or combined solutions also fall within the scope of this application.
还应理解,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that the size of the serial numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of this application.
上文结合图1至图17,详细描述了本申请的一种网络切片的通信方法,下面将结合图18至图21,详细描述本申请的通信装置。The above describes a network slicing communication method of the present application in detail with reference to FIGS. 1 to 17 . Next, the communication device of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 18 to 21 .
图18示出了本申请的通信装置700的示意性框图。Figure 18 shows a schematic block diagram of the communication device 700 of the present application.
一些实施例中,该通信装置700可以为终端设备,也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置于终端设备的芯片或电路。In some embodiments, the communication device 700 may be a terminal device, or may be a chip or circuit, such as a chip or circuit that may be provided in the terminal device.
一些实施例中,该通信装置700可以为接入网设备,也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置于接入网设备的芯片或电路。In some embodiments, the communication device 700 may be an access network device, or may be a chip or circuit, such as a chip or circuit that may be provided in the access network device.
一些实施例中,该通信装置700可以为核心网设备(如策略控制功能网元、会话管理功能网元、接入和移动管理功能网元),也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置于核心网设备的芯片或电路。In some embodiments, the communication device 700 can be a core network device (such as a policy control function network element, a session management function network element, an access and mobility management function network element), or a chip or a circuit, for example, it can be provided in the core Chips or circuits of network equipment.
一种可能的方式中,该通信装置700可以包括处理单元710(即,处理器的一例)和收发单元730。一些可能的实现方式中,处理单元710还可以称为确定单元。一些可能的实现方式中,收发单元730可以包括接收单元和发送单元。In one possible manner, the communication device 700 may include a processing unit 710 (ie, an example of a processor) and a transceiver unit 730. In some possible implementations, the processing unit 710 may also be called a determining unit. In some possible implementations, the transceiver unit 730 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit.
在一种实现方式中,收发单元730可以通过收发器或者收发器相关电路或者接口电路实现。 In one implementation, the transceiver unit 730 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit or an interface circuit.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置还可以包括存储单元720。一种可能的方式中,该存储单元720用于存储指令。在一种实现方式中,该存储单元也可以用于存储数据或者信息。存储单元720可以通过存储器实现。In one implementation, the communication device may further include a storage unit 720. In one possible way, the storage unit 720 is used to store instructions. In one implementation, the storage unit can also be used to store data or information. The storage unit 720 may be implemented by a memory.
一些可能的设计中,该处理单元710用于执行该存储单元720存储的指令,以使通信装置700实现如上述方法中策略控制功能网元执行的步骤。或者,该处理单元710可以用于调用存储单元720的数据,以使通信装置700实现如上述方法中策略控制功能网元执行的步骤。In some possible designs, the processing unit 710 is used to execute instructions stored in the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the policy control function network element in the above method. Alternatively, the processing unit 710 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the policy control function network element in the above method.
一些可能的设计中,该处理单元710用于执行该存储单元720存储的指令,以使通信装置700实现如上述方法中接入和移动管理功能网元执行的步骤。或者,该处理单元710可以用于调用存储单元720的数据,以使通信装置700实现如上述方法中接入和移动管理功能网元执行的步骤。In some possible designs, the processing unit 710 is used to execute instructions stored in the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the access and mobility management function network element in the above method. Alternatively, the processing unit 710 can be used to call the data of the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the access and mobility management function network element in the above method.
一些可能的设计中,该处理单元710用于执行该存储单元720存储的指令,以使通信装置700实现如上述方法中会话管理功能网元执行的步骤。或者,该处理单元710可以用于调用存储单元720的数据,以使通信装置700实现如上述方法中会话管理功能网元执行的步骤。In some possible designs, the processing unit 710 is used to execute instructions stored in the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the session management function network element in the above method. Alternatively, the processing unit 710 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the session management function network element in the above method.
一些可能的设计中,该处理单元710用于执行该存储单元720存储的指令,以使通信装置700实现如上述方法中终端设备执行的步骤。或者,该处理单元710可以用于调用存储单元720的数据,以使通信装置700实现如上述方法中终端设备执行的步骤。In some possible designs, the processing unit 710 is used to execute instructions stored in the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the above method. Alternatively, the processing unit 710 can be used to call the data of the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the above method.
一些可能的设计中,该处理单元710用于执行该存储单元720存储的指令,以使通信装置700实现如上述方法中接入网设备执行的步骤。或者,该处理单元710可以用于调用存储单元720的数据,以使通信装置700实现如上述方法中接入网设备执行的步骤。In some possible designs, the processing unit 710 is used to execute instructions stored in the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the access network device in the above method. Alternatively, the processing unit 710 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 720, so that the communication device 700 implements the steps performed by the access network device in the above method.
例如,该处理单元710、存储单元720、收发单元730可以通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号。例如,该存储单元720用于存储计算机程序,该处理单元710可以用于从该存储单元720中调用并运行该计算计程序,以控制收发单元730接收信号和/或发送信号,完成上述方法中会话管理功能网元、策略控制功能网元、接入和移动性管理功能网元、终端设备或接入网设备的步骤。该存储单元720可以集成在处理单元710中,也可以与处理单元710分开设置。For example, the processing unit 710, the storage unit 720, and the transceiver unit 730 can communicate with each other through internal connection paths to transmit control and/or data signals. For example, the storage unit 720 is used to store a computer program, and the processing unit 710 can be used to call and run the computer program from the storage unit 720 to control the transceiver unit 730 to receive signals and/or send signals to complete the above method. Steps for session management function network element, policy control function network element, access and mobility management function network element, terminal equipment or access network equipment. The storage unit 720 may be integrated in the processing unit 710 , or may be provided separately from the processing unit 710 .
可选地,若该通信装置700为通信设备(例如,终端设备,或接入网设备),该收发单元730包括接收器和发送器。其中,接收器和发送器可以为相同或者不同的物理实体。为相同的物理实体时,可以统称为收发器。Optionally, if the communication device 700 is a communication device (for example, a terminal device, or an access network device), the transceiver unit 730 includes a receiver and a transmitter. The receiver and transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively called transceivers.
当该通信装置700为终端设备或者该通信装置为接入网设备或核心网设备时,收发单元730在发送信息时可以为发送单元或发射器,收发单元730在接收信息时可以为接收单元或接收器,收发单元可以为收发器,此收发器、发射器或接收器可以为射频电路,当该通信装置包含存储单元时,该存储单元用于存储计算机指令,该处理器与存储器通信连接,处理器执行存储器存储的计算机指令,使该通信装置可以执行方法300至方法700中任一方法。其中,处理器可以是一个通用中央处理器(CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(Application Specific Intergrated Circuit,ASIC)。When the communication device 700 is a terminal device or the communication device is an access network device or a core network device, the transceiver unit 730 may be a sending unit or a transmitter when sending information, and the transceiver unit 730 may be a receiving unit or a transmitter when receiving information. Receiver, the transceiver unit can be a transceiver, and the transceiver, transmitter or receiver can be a radio frequency circuit. When the communication device includes a storage unit, the storage unit is used to store computer instructions, and the processor is communicatively connected to the memory, The processor executes computer instructions stored in the memory, so that the communication device can execute any one of methods 300 to 700. Among them, the processor can be a general central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, or an application specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC).
可选地,若该通信装置700为芯片或电路,该收发单元730包括输入接口和输出接口。Optionally, if the communication device 700 is a chip or a circuit, the transceiver unit 730 includes an input interface and an output interface.
当该通信装置700为芯片时,收发单元730可以是输入和/或输出接口、管脚或电路 等。该处理单元710可执行存储单元存储的计算机执行指令,以使该通信装置可以执行方法200、方法500或者方法600。可选地,所述存储单元为所述芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,所述存储单元还可以是所述终端内的位于所述芯片外部的存储单元,如只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)等。When the communication device 700 is a chip, the transceiver unit 730 may be an input and/or output interface, a pin or a circuit. wait. The processing unit 710 can execute computer execution instructions stored in the storage unit, so that the communication device can execute method 200, method 500 or method 600. Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit within the chip, such as a register, cache, etc. The storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip in the terminal, such as a read-only memory (Read Only Memory). Only Memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, Random Access Memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), etc.
作为一种实现方式,收发单元730的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发的专用芯片实现。处理单元710可以考虑通过专用处理芯片、处理电路、处理单元或者通用芯片实现。As an implementation manner, the function of the transceiver unit 730 may be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver. The processing unit 710 may be implemented by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processing unit or a general-purpose chip.
作为另一种实现方式,可以考虑使用通用计算机的方式来实现本申请实施例提供的通信设备(例如终端设备、核心网设备或接入网设备)。即将实现处理单元710、收发单元730功能的程序代码存储在存储单元720中,通用处理单元通过执行存储单元720中的代码来实现处理单元710、收发单元730的功能。As another implementation manner, it may be considered to use a general-purpose computer to implement the communication equipment (such as terminal equipment, core network equipment, or access network equipment) provided in the embodiments of the present application. That is, the program codes that implement the functions of the processing unit 710 and the transceiver unit 730 are stored in the storage unit 720 , and the general processing unit implements the functions of the processing unit 710 and the transceiver unit 730 by executing the codes in the storage unit 720 .
一些实施例中,通信装置700可以为策略控制功能网元,或设置于策略控制功能网元的芯片或电路。当通信装置700为策略控制功能网元,或设置于策略控制功能网元的芯片或电路时,该收发单元730用于获取网络切片的信息,其中,该网络切片的信息包括该网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域,该处理单元710用于根据该网络切片的信息生成用户路由选择策略信息;该收发单元730还用于通过接入和移动管理功能网元向终端设备发送该用户路由选择策略信息。In some embodiments, the communication device 700 may be a policy control function network element, or a chip or circuit provided in the policy control function network element. When the communication device 700 is a policy control function network element, or a chip or circuit provided in the policy control function network element, the transceiver unit 730 is used to obtain network slice information, where the network slice information includes an identifier of the network slice. Information, the information of the network slice also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, wherein the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication The information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice. The processing unit 710 is used to generate user routing policy information according to the information of the network slice; the transceiver unit 730 is also used to provide the terminal device with access and mobility management function network elements. Send the user routing policy information.
在一种实现方式中,该用户路由选择策略信息包括第一用户路由选择策略规则,该第一用户路由选择策略规则包括该网络切片的标识信息、该网络切片服务的应用程序的标识信息,该第一用户路由选择策略规则还包括该网络切片对应的第一时间窗口和/或第一位置范围,该第一时间窗口小于或者等于该第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间,该第一位置范围小于或者等于该第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域。In one implementation, the user routing policy information includes first user routing policy rules, and the first user routing policy rules include identification information of the network slice and identification information of the application program served by the network slice. The first user routing policy rule also includes a first time window and/or a first location range corresponding to the network slice. The first time window is less than or equal to the available time indicated by the first time indication information. The first location The range is smaller than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information.
在一种实现方式中,该收发单元730具体用于:接收来自网络切片管理功能网元的该网络切片的信息;或,接收来自该接入和移动管理功能网元的该网络切片的信息;或,接收来自统一数据存储库的该网络切片的信息。In one implementation, the transceiver unit 730 is specifically configured to: receive information about the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or, receive information about the network slice from the access and mobility management function network element; Or, receive information for that network slice from the unified data repository.
当该通信装置700配置在或本身即为策略控制功能网元时,通信装置700中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中策略控制功能网元所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。When the communication device 700 is configured in or is a policy control function network element, each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action or processing process performed by the policy control function network element in the above method. Here, in order to Avoid redundancy and omit detailed descriptions.
一些实施例中,通信装置700可以为接入和移动管理功能网元,或设置于接入和移动管理功能网元的芯片或电路。当通信装置700为接入和移动管理功能网元,或设置于接入和移动管理功能网元的芯片或电路时,该收发单元730用于获取网络切片的信息,该网络切片的信息包括网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域;该处理单元710用于处理该网络切片的信息。In some embodiments, the communication device 700 may be an access and mobility management function network element, or a chip or circuit provided in the access and mobility management function network element. When the communication device 700 is an access and mobility management function network element, or a chip or circuit provided in the access and mobility management function network element, the transceiver unit 730 is used to obtain network slice information. The network slice information includes network The identification information of the network slice, the information of the network slice also includes the first time indication information and/or the first location indication information of the network slice, wherein the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the third time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice. A location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; the processing unit 710 is used to process the information of the network slice.
在一种实现方式中,该收发单元730具体用于:向策略控制功能网元发送该网络切片的信息。 In one implementation, the transceiver unit 730 is specifically configured to send the network slice information to the policy control function network element.
在一种实现方式中,该处理单元710具体用于:根据该网络切片的信息生成本地数据网络信息,该本地数据网络信息包括本地数据网络的名称,该本地数据网络信息还包括第二时间指示信息和/或第二位置指示信息,该第二时间指示信息用于指示该本地数据网络的可用时间,该第二位置指示信息用于指示该本地数据网络的可用小区,其中,该第二时间指示信息所指示的可用时间小于或等于该第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间,该第二位置指示信息所指示的可用小区小于或等于该第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域;该收发单元还用于向终端设备发送该本地数据网络信息。In one implementation, the processing unit 710 is specifically configured to: generate local data network information according to the information of the network slice, where the local data network information includes the name of the local data network, and the local data network information also includes a second time indication. information and/or second location indication information, the second time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the local data network, the second location indication information is used to indicate the available cells of the local data network, wherein the second time The available time indicated by the indication information is less than or equal to the available time indicated by the first time indication information, and the available cell indicated by the second location indication information is less than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information; The transceiver unit is also used to send the local data network information to the terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,该收发单元730还用于:向策略控制功能网元发送该网络切片对应的该本地数据网络的名称。In one implementation, the transceiver unit 730 is further configured to: send the name of the local data network corresponding to the network slice to the policy control function network element.
在一种实现方式中,该收发单元730还用于:向策略控制功能网元发送该第二时间指示信息和/或该第二位置指示信息。In one implementation, the transceiver unit 730 is further configured to: send the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information to the policy control function network element.
在一种实现方式中,该处理单元710具体用于:根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求,该收发单元730具体用于:在根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,向该终端设备发送第一定时信息,该第一定时信息用于指示该终端设备在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片或该本地数据网络相关联的协议数据单元会话,其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In one implementation, the processing unit 710 is specifically configured to: determine according to the information of the network slice that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, and the transceiver unit 730 is specifically configured to: determine based on the information of the network slice If the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the first timing information is sent to the terminal device. The first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the terminal before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. The protocol data unit session associated with the network slice or the local data network established by the device, where the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and /Or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
在一种实现方式中,该处理单元710具体用于:根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求,该收发单元730具体用于:在根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,向该终端设备发送拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值,其中,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间;或者,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In one implementation, the processing unit 710 is specifically configured to: determine according to the information of the network slice that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, and the transceiver unit 730 is specifically configured to: determine based on the information of the network slice When the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, a reason value for refusing the terminal device to access the network slice is sent to the terminal device, where, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, The current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the The requirement for accessing the network slice is that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice. location area.
在一种实现方式中,该处理单元710具体用于:在根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,确定第二定时信息,其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域;该收发单元730还用于:在该第二定时信息的时间超时时,向会话管理功能网元发送释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片或该本地数据网络相关联的协议数据单元会话的请求。In one implementation, the processing unit 710 is specifically configured to: determine the second timing information when it is determined according to the information of the network slice that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, wherein the terminal device does not Complying with the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice; the transceiver unit 730 is also used to: When the time of the second timing information times out, a request to release the protocol data unit session established by the terminal device and associated with the network slice or the local data network is sent to the session management function network element.
在一种实现方式中,该第一定时信息小于或者等于该第二定时信息。In an implementation manner, the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
在一种实现方式中,该收发单元730具体用于:接收来自网络切片管理功能网元的该网络切片的信息;或,接收来自统一数据管理网元的该网络切片的信息;或,接收来自网络切片选择功能网元的该网络切片的信息。In one implementation, the transceiver unit 730 is specifically configured to: receive information about the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or, receive information about the network slice from the unified data management network element; or, receive information from the network slice management function network element. Information about the network slice of the network slice selection function network element.
当该通信装置700配置在或本身即为接入和移动管理功能网元时,通信装置700中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中接入和移动管理功能网元所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。 When the communication device 700 is configured in or is itself an access and mobility management function network element, each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action performed by the access and mobility management function network element in the above method or The detailed description of the processing process is omitted here to avoid redundancy.
一些实施例中,通信装置700可以为会话管理管理功能网元,或设置于会话管理管理功能网元的芯片或电路。当通信装置700为会话管理管理功能网元,或设置于会话管理管理功能网元的芯片或电路时,该收发单元730用于获取网络切片的信息,该网络切片的信息包括网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域;该处理单元710用于根据该网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,确定该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话的释放,其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In some embodiments, the communication device 700 may be a session management function network element, or a chip or circuit provided in the session management function network element. When the communication device 700 is a session management function network element, or a chip or circuit provided in a session management function network element, the transceiver unit 730 is used to obtain network slice information. The network slice information includes network slice identification information. , the information of the network slice also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, where the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; the processing unit 710 is used to determine, according to the information of the network slice, that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, determine the network slice established by the terminal device and related to the network slice Release of the associated protocol data unit session, where the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the network slice The available location area for slices.
在一种实现方式中,该收发单元730还用于:向该终端设备发送第一定时信息,该第一定时信息用于指示该终端设备在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话。In one implementation, the transceiver unit 730 is further configured to: send first timing information to the terminal device, where the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the terminal before the time indicated by the first timing information expires. The protocol data unit session associated with this network slice established by the device.
在一种实现方式中,该处理单元710还用于:根据该网络切片的信息确定该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求;该收发单元还用于在该会话管理功能网元根据该网络切片的信息确定该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,向该终端设备发送拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值,其中,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间;或者,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In one implementation, the processing unit 710 is also configured to: determine that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice according to the information of the network slice; the transceiver unit is also configured to: When the network slice information determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, a reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is sent to the terminal device, where, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, The requirement of network slicing is that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, When the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate the current location of the terminal device. Exceeds the available location area for this network slice.
在一种实现方式中,该处理单元710还用于:在该网络切片的信息确定该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,确定第二定时信息,其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域;在该第二定时信息的时间超时时,该会话管理功能网元释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话。In one implementation, the processing unit 710 is also configured to: determine second timing information when the information of the network slice determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, wherein the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice. Complying with the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice; when the time of the second timing information exceeds From time to time, the session management function network element releases the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,该第一定时信息小于或者等于该第二定时信息。In an implementation manner, the first timing information is less than or equal to the second timing information.
在一种实现方式中,该收发单元730具体用于:接收来自网络切片管理功能网元的该网络切片的信息;或,接收来自统一数据管理网元的该网络切片的信息;或,接收来自网络切片选择功能网元的该网络切片的信息。In one implementation, the transceiver unit 730 is specifically configured to: receive information about the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or, receive information about the network slice from the unified data management network element; or, receive information from the network slice management function network element. Information about the network slice of the network slice selection function network element.
当该通信装置700配置在或本身即为会话管理功能网元时,通信装置700中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中会话管理功能网元所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。When the communication device 700 is configured in or is a session management function network element, each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action or processing process performed by the session management function network element in the above method. Here, in order to Avoid redundancy and omit detailed descriptions.
一些实施例中,通信装置700可以为接入网设备,或设置于接入网设备的芯片或电路。当通信装置700为接入网设备,或设置于接入网设备的芯片或电路时,该收发单元730用于接收接入和移动管理功能网元发送的网络切片的信息,该网络切片的信息包括网络切片的标识信息,该网络切片的信息还包括该网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该网络切片的可用位置区域;该处理单元710用于在该接入网设备根据该网络 切片的信息确定该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求的情况下,确定释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,其中,该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求是指该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间和/或该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In some embodiments, the communication device 700 may be an access network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the access network device. When the communication device 700 is an access network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the access network device, the transceiver unit 730 is used to receive network slice information sent by the access and mobility management function network element. The network slice information Including identification information of the network slice, the information of the network slice also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information of the network slice, wherein the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, The first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice; the processing unit 710 is used to configure the access network device according to the network slice. When the slice information determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, it is determined to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, wherein the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network. The requirement of a slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
在一种实现方式中,该接入网设备确定释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,包括:该接入网设备通过广播消息或单播消息指示该终端设备在第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前发起与该网络切片关联的协议数据单元会话的释放。In one implementation, the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, including: the access network device instructs the terminal device through a broadcast message or a unicast message. Initiate release of the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice before a time indicated by the first timing information expires.
在一种实现方式中,该接入网设备确定释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,包括:该接入网设备向该终端设备发送拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值,其中,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前时间超出该网络切片的可用时间;或者,当该终端设备不符合接入该网络切片的要求为该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝该终端设备接入该网络切片的原因值用于指示该终端设备的当前位置超出该网络切片的可用位置区域。In one implementation, the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, including: the access network device sends a message to the terminal device denying the terminal device access to the network slice. The reason value of the network slice. When the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice. The reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used. Indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice and the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, reject the terminal device The reason value for accessing the network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
在一种实现方式中,该接入网设备确定释放该终端设备建立的与该网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,还包括:该接入网设备在第二定时信息的时间超时时,该接入网设备通知该接入和移动管理功能网元该网络切片在跟踪区不可用,该跟踪区为该接入网设备覆盖下的小区。In one implementation, the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, which further includes: when the access network device times out in the second timing information, the access network device The access network device notifies the access and mobility management function network element that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area, and the tracking area is a cell covered by the access network device.
当该通信装置700配置在或本身即为接入网设备时,通信装置700中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中接入网设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。When the communication device 700 is configured in or is itself an access network device, each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action or processing process performed by the access network device in the above method. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, , its detailed description is omitted.
一些实施例中,通信装置700可以为终端设备,或设置于终端设备的芯片或电路。当通信装置700为终端设备,或设置于终端设备的芯片或电路时,该收发单元730用于接收网络设备发送的第一定时信息,该第一定时信息用于指示该终端设备在该第一定时信息指示的时间内释放该终端设备建立的与网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,该网络切片的标识信息为网络切片的标识信息;该处理单元710用于在该第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放该协议数据单元会话。In some embodiments, the communication device 700 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device. When the communication device 700 is a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device, the transceiver unit 730 is used to receive the first timing information sent by the network device, and the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device in the first step. Release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device within the time indicated by the timing information, and the identification information of the network slice is the identification information of the network slice; the processing unit 710 is configured to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice within the time indicated by the first timing information. The protocol data unit session is released before the time expires.
在一种实现方式中,当该网络设备为接入网设备时,该收发单元730通过广播消息或单播消息接收该第一定时信息。In one implementation, when the network device is an access network device, the transceiver unit 730 receives the first timing information through a broadcast message or a unicast message.
在一种实现方式中,当该网络设备为核心网设备时,该收发单元730通过该终端设备的配置更新消息接收该第一定时信息。In one implementation, when the network device is a core network device, the transceiver unit 730 receives the first timing information through a configuration update message of the terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值,其中,当所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求为所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间,拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值用于指示所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间;或者,当所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求为所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值用于指示所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域。In an implementation manner, the terminal device receives a reason value sent by the network device for denying the terminal device access to the network slice, wherein when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the terminal device is The current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, and the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, When the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate The current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
在一种实现方式中,当所述网络设备为接入网设备时,所述终端设备通过广播消息或 单播消息接收所述原因值。In an implementation manner, when the network device is an access network device, the terminal device transmits a broadcast message or Unicast messages receive the cause value.
在一种实现方式中,当所述网络设备为核心网设备时,所述终端设备通过所述终端设备的配置更新消息接收所述原因值。In an implementation manner, when the network device is a core network device, the terminal device receives the cause value through a configuration update message of the terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,该处理单元710还用于:将该网络切片的标识信息从本地存储的允许的网络切片选择辅助信息列表中删除。In one implementation, the processing unit 710 is further configured to delete the identification information of the network slice from a locally stored list of allowed network slice selection auxiliary information.
当该通信装置700配置在或本身即为终端设备时,通信装置700中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。When the communication device 700 is configured in or is a terminal device itself, each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action or process performed by the terminal device in the above method. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, the details are omitted. illustrate.
一些实施例中,通信装置700可以为终端设备,或设置于终端设备的芯片或电路。当通信装置700为终端设备,或设置于终端设备的芯片或电路时,该收发单元730用于接收接入和移动管理功能网元发送的本地数据网络信息,其中,该本地数据网络信息包括本地数据网络的名称,该本地数据网络信息还包括第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,该第一时间指示信息用于指示该本地数据网络的可用时间,该第一位置指示信息用于指示该本地数据网络的可用位置区域,该第一位置指示信息指示的可用位置区域为小区粒度;该处理单元710用于根据该本地数据网络信息,确定该终端设备是否可以接入该本地数据网络。In some embodiments, the communication device 700 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device. When the communication device 700 is a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device, the transceiver unit 730 is used to receive local data network information sent by the access and mobility management function network element, where the local data network information includes local data network information. The name of the data network. The local data network information also includes first time indication information and/or first location indication information. The first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the local data network. The first location indication information is used To indicate the available location area of the local data network, the available location area indicated by the first location indication information is at cell granularity; the processing unit 710 is configured to determine whether the terminal device can access the local data according to the local data network information. network.
在一种实现方式中,该处理单元710具体用于:当该终端设备的当前时间超出该第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间时,该终端设备不接入该本地数据网络;或者,当该终端设备的当前位置超出该第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域时,该终端设备不接入该本地数据网络。In one implementation, the processing unit 710 is specifically configured to: when the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time indicated by the first time indication information, the terminal device does not access the local data network; or, when When the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area indicated by the first location indication information, the terminal device does not access the local data network.
当该通信装置700配置在或本身即为终端设备时,通信装置700中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。When the communication device 700 is configured in or is a terminal device itself, each module or unit in the communication device 700 can be used to perform each action or process performed by the terminal device in the above method. Here, in order to avoid redundancy, the details are omitted. illustrate.
该通信装置700配置所涉及的与本申请提供的技术方案相关的概念,解释和详细说明及其他步骤请参见前述方法或其他实施例中关于这些内容的描述,此处不做赘述。For the concepts, explanations, detailed descriptions and other steps involved in the configuration of the communication device 700 related to the technical solutions provided in this application, please refer to the descriptions of these contents in the foregoing methods or other embodiments, and will not be described again here.
应注意,本申请中,处理单元710可以由处理器实现,存储单元720可以由存储器实现,收发单元730可以由收发器实现,如图19所示,图19为本申请提供的一种通信装置800的结构示意图。通信装置800可以包括处理器810、存储器820和收发器830。该处理器810、存储器820和收发器830分别用于实现处理单元710、存储单元720和收发单元730的功能。It should be noted that in this application, the processing unit 710 can be implemented by a processor, the storage unit 720 can be implemented by a memory, and the transceiver unit 730 can be implemented by a transceiver, as shown in Figure 19. Figure 19 is a communication device provided by this application. Schematic diagram of the structure of 800. Communication device 800 may include a processor 810, a memory 820, and a transceiver 830. The processor 810, the memory 820 and the transceiver 830 are respectively used to implement the functions of the processing unit 710, the storage unit 720 and the transceiver unit 730.
图20为本申请提供的一种终端设备900的结构示意图。该终端设备900可以执行上述方法实施例中终端设备执行的动作。Figure 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 900 provided by this application. The terminal device 900 can perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiment.
为了便于说明,图20仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图20所示,终端设备900包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。For convenience of explanation, FIG. 20 shows only the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 20 , the terminal device 900 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据,例如用于支持终端设备执行上述传输预编码矩阵的指示方法实施例中所描述的动作。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据,例如存储上述实施例中所描述的码本。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器,主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入 输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。The processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process data of the software programs. For example, it is used to support the terminal device to execute the above instruction method of the transmission precoding matrix in the embodiment. the action described. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, such as the codebook described in the above embodiment. The control circuit is mainly used for conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and processing of radio frequency signals. The control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. enter Output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
当终端设备开机后,处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the terminal device is turned on, the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and then outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and then sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor. The processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图20仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for convenience of explanation, FIG. 20 only shows one memory and processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be called a storage medium or a storage device, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
例如,处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图20中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。For example, the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit. The baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data. The central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data. The processor in Figure 20 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processor. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processor can also be independent processors and are interconnected through technologies such as buses. Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses. The baseband processor can also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing communication protocols and communication data can be built into the processor, or can be stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to implement the baseband processing function.
示例性的,在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备900的收发单元910,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备900的处理单元920。如图20所示,终端设备900包括收发单元910和处理单元920。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元910中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元910中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元包括接收单元和发送单元。示例性的,接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。For example, in the embodiment of the present application, the antenna and the control circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit 910 of the terminal device 900 , and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit 920 of the terminal device 900 . As shown in Figure 20, the terminal device 900 includes a transceiver unit 910 and a processing unit 920. The transceiver unit may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver device, etc. Optionally, the devices used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver unit 910 can be regarded as a receiving unit, and the devices used in the transceiver unit 910 used to implement the transmitting function can be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. For example, the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc., and the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, a transmitting circuit, etc.
图21为本申请提供的一种接入网设备1000的结构示意图,可以用于实现上述方法中的接入网设备的功能。接入网设备1000包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)1010和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)1020。所述RRU1010可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线1011和射频单元1012。所述RRU1010部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中所述的信令消息。所述BBU1120部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU1110与BBU1120可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。Figure 21 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device 1000 provided by this application, which can be used to implement the functions of the access network device in the above method. The access network equipment 1000 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1010 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also called a digital unit, DU)1020. The RRU 1010 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, etc., and may include at least one antenna 1011 and a radio frequency unit 1012. The RRU 1010 part is mainly used for transmitting and receiving radio frequency signals and converting radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling messages described in the above embodiment to the terminal equipment. The BBU1120 part is mainly used for baseband processing, base station control, etc. The RRU 1110 and the BBU 1120 may be physically installed together or physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
所述BBU1020为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如该BBU(处理单元)1020可以用于控制 接入网设备执行上述方法实施例中关于接入网设备的操作流程。The BBU1020 is the control center of the base station, which can also be called a processing unit. It is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum, etc. For example, the BBU (processing unit) 1020 can be used to control The access network device executes the operation process of the access network device in the above method embodiment.
在一个示例中,所述BBU1020可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE系统,或5G系统),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。所述BBU1020还包括存储器1021和处理器1022。所述存储器1021用以存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器1021存储上述实施例中的码本等。所述处理器1022用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器1021和处理器1022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In one example, the BBU 1020 may be composed of one or more single boards. Multiple single boards may jointly support a wireless access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), or may support different access networks respectively. standard wireless access network. The BBU 1020 also includes a memory 1021 and a processor 1022. The memory 1021 is used to store necessary instructions and data. For example, the memory 1021 stores the codebook etc. in the above embodiment. The processor 1022 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform the operation process of the network equipment in the above method embodiment. The memory 1021 and processor 1022 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and processor can be set independently on each board. It is also possible for multiple boards to share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can also be installed on each board.
在一种可能的实施方式中,随着片上系统(system-on-chip,SoC)技术的发展,可以将1020部分和1010部分的全部或者部分功能由SoC技术实现,例如由一颗基站功能芯片实现,该基站功能芯片集成了处理器、存储器、天线接口等器件,基站相关功能的程序存储在存储器中,由处理器执行程序以实现基站的相关功能。可选的,该基站功能芯片也能够读取该芯片外部的存储器以实现基站的相关功能。In a possible implementation, with the development of system-on-chip (SoC) technology, all or part of the functions of part 1020 and part 1010 can be implemented by SoC technology, for example, by a base station function chip Implementation, the base station function chip integrates processor, memory, antenna interface and other devices. The program of the base station related functions is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the related functions of the base station. Optionally, the base station function chip can also read the memory external to the chip to implement related functions of the base station.
应理解,图21示例的接入网设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态,而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的基站结构的可能。It should be understood that the structure of the access network equipment illustrated in Figure 21 is only one possible form, and should not constitute any limitation on the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other forms of base station structures that may appear in the future.
应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU). The processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSP), or dedicated integrated processors. Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of illustration, but not limitation, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM (SRAM)), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (RAM) Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可 以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any other combination. When implemented using software, the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may To be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center via a wireline (e.g. Infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) method to transmit to another website, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that a computer can access, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that contains one or more sets of available media. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序包括用于执行上述方法200至方法600中本申请的网络切片的方法的指令。该可读介质可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),本申请对此不做限制。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable medium for storing computer program code. The computer program includes instructions for executing the network slicing method of the present application in the above-mentioned methods 200 to 600. The readable medium can be read-only memory (ROM) or random access memory (RAM), which is not limited in this application.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括指令,当所述指令被执行时,以使得所述核心网设备、终端设备、接入网设备可以执行对应于上述方法的核心网设备、终端设备、接入网设备或终端设备的操作。The present application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes instructions. When the instructions are executed, the core network equipment, terminal equipment, and access network equipment can execute core steps corresponding to the above methods. network equipment, terminal equipment, access network equipment or terminal equipment.
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上述本申请提供的通信装置、接入网设备和终端设备,该通信系统可以完成本申请提供的一种网络切片的通信方法。Embodiments of the present application also provide a communication system, which includes the above-mentioned communication device, access network equipment, and terminal equipment provided by the present application. The communication system can complete a network slicing communication method provided by the present application.
本申请实施例还提供了一种系统芯片,该系统芯片包括:处理单元和通信单元,该处理单元,例如可以是处理器,该通信单元例如可以是输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行计算机指令,以使该通信装置内的芯片执行上述本申请提供的一种网络切片的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip. The system chip includes: a processing unit and a communication unit. The processing unit may be, for example, a processor. The communication unit may be, for example, an input/output interface, a pin, or a circuit. The processing unit can execute computer instructions to cause the chip in the communication device to execute the network slicing communication method provided by the present application.
可选的,该计算机指令被存储在存储单元中。Optionally, the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
可选的,该存储单元为该芯片内的存储单元,如寄存器、缓存等,该存储单元还可以是该终端内的位于该芯片外部的存储单元,如ROM或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,RAM等。其中,上述任一处提到的处理器,可以是一个CPU,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制上述的网络切片的通信方法的程序执行的集成电路。Optionally, the storage unit is a storage unit within the chip, such as a register, cache, etc. The storage unit may also be a storage unit located outside the chip within the terminal, such as ROM or other storage unit that can store static information and instructions. Type of static storage device, RAM, etc. The processor mentioned in any of the above places may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for executing programs that control the communication method of the network slice.
应理解,本文中术语“和/或”以及“A或B中的至少一种”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the terms "and/or" and "at least one of A or B" in this article are only an association relationship describing related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B can It means: A alone exists, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组 件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, such as multiple units or groups. The software can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be omitted, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (34)

  1. 一种网络切片的通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A network slicing communication method, characterized by including:
    接入和移动管理功能网元获取网络切片的信息,所述网络切片的信息包括所述网络切片的标识信息,所述网络切片的信息还包括所述网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,所述第一时间指示信息用于指示所述网络切片的可用时间,所述第一位置指示信息用于指示所述网络切片的可用位置区域;The access and mobility management function network element obtains network slice information. The network slice information includes the identification information of the network slice. The network slice information also includes the first time indication information of the network slice and/or First location indication information, wherein the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice;
    所述接入和移动管理功能网元处理所述网络切片的信息。The access and mobility management function network element processes the information of the network slice.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述接入和移动管理功能网元处理所述网络切片的信息,包括:The communication method according to claim 1, characterized in that the access and mobility management function network element processes the information of the network slice, including:
    所述接入和移动管理功能网元向策略控制功能网元发送所述网络切片的信息。The access and mobility management function network element sends the network slice information to the policy control function network element.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述接入和移动管理功能网元处理所述网络切片的信息,包括:The communication method according to claim 1, characterized in that the access and mobility management function network element processes the information of the network slice, including:
    所述接入和移动管理功能网元根据所述网络切片的信息生成本地数据网络信息,所述本地数据网络信息包括本地数据网络的名称,The access and mobility management function network element generates local data network information based on the information of the network slice, where the local data network information includes the name of the local data network,
    所述本地数据网络信息还包括第二时间指示信息和/或第二位置指示信息,所述第二时间指示信息用于指示所述本地数据网络的可用时间,所述第二位置指示信息指示所述本地数据网络的可用小区,The local data network information also includes second time indication information and/or second location indication information, the second time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the local data network, and the second location indication information indicates the Describe the available cells of the local data network,
    其中,所述第二时间指示信息所指示的可用时间小于或等于所述第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间,所述第二位置指示信息所指示的可用小区小于或等于所述第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域;Wherein, the available time indicated by the second time indication information is less than or equal to the available time indicated by the first time indication information, and the available cell indicated by the second location indication information is less than or equal to the first location The available location area indicated by the indication information;
    所述接入和移动管理功能网元向终端设备发送所述本地数据网络信息。The access and mobility management function network element sends the local data network information to the terminal device.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述通信方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 3, characterized in that the communication method further includes:
    所述接入和移动管理功能网元向策略控制功能网元发送所述网络切片对应的所述本地数据网络的名称。The access and mobility management function network element sends the name of the local data network corresponding to the network slice to the policy control function network element.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述通信方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 4, characterized in that the communication method further includes:
    所述接入和移动管理功能网元向策略控制功能网元发送所述第二时间指示信息和/或所述第二位置指示信息。The access and mobility management function network element sends the second time indication information and/or the second location indication information to the policy control function network element.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述接入和移动管理功能网元处理所述网络切片的信息,包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the access and mobility management function network element processes the information of the network slice, including:
    在所述接入和移动管理功能网元根据所述网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求的情况下,所述接入和移动管理功能网元向所述终端设备发送第一定时信息,所述第一定时信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前发起所述终端设备建立的与所述网络切片或所述本地数据网络相关联的协议数据单元会话的释放请求,When the access and mobility management function network element determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice according to the information of the network slice, the access and mobility management function network element provides the information to the terminal device. Send first timing information, the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to initiate the establishment of the network slice or the local data network related to the network slice or the local data network by the terminal device before the time indicated by the first timing information times out. Release request for the associated protocol data unit session,
    其中,所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求是指所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间和/或所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域。Wherein, the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice. location area.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述接入和移动管理功能网元处理所述网络切片的信息,包括: The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the access and mobility management function network element processes the information of the network slice, including:
    在所述接入和移动管理功能网元根据所述网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求的情况下,所述接入和移动管理功能网元向所述终端设备发送拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值,When the access and mobility management function network element determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice according to the information of the network slice, the access and mobility management function network element provides the information to the terminal device. sending a reason value for denying access to the network slice by the terminal device,
    其中,当所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求为所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间,拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值用于指示所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间;或者,当所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求为所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值用于指示所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域。Wherein, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used Indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location of the network slice. area, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述接入和移动管理功能网元处理所述网络切片的信息,包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that the access and mobility management function network element processes the information of the network slice, including:
    所述接入和移动管理功能网元根据所述网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求的情况下,所述接入和移动管理功能网元确定第二定时信息,When the access and mobility management function network element determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the network slice information, the access and mobility management function network element determines the second timing information,
    其中,所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求是指所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间和/或所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域;Wherein, the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice. location area;
    在所述第二定时信息的时间超时时,所述接入和移动管理功能网元向会话管理功能网元发送释放所述终端设备建立的与所述网络切片或所述本地数据网络相关联的协议数据单元会话的请求。When the time of the second timing information times out, the access and mobility management function network element sends to the session management function network element a release associated with the network slice or the local data network established by the terminal device. Request for protocol data unit session.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述接入和移动管理功能网元获取网络切片的信息,包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that the access and mobility management function network element obtains network slice information, including:
    所述接入和移动管理功能网元接收来自网络切片管理功能网元的所述网络切片的信息;或,The access and mobility management function network element receives the information of the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or,
    所述接入和移动管理功能网元接收来自统一数据管理网元的所述网络切片的信息;或,The access and mobility management function network element receives the information of the network slice from the unified data management network element; or,
    所述接入和移动管理功能网元接收来自网络切片选择功能网元的所述网络切片的信息。The access and mobility management function network element receives the information of the network slice from the network slice selection function network element.
  10. 一种网络切片的通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A network slicing communication method, characterized by including:
    会话管理功能网元获取网络切片的信息,所述网络切片的信息包括所述网络切片的标识信息,所述网络切片的信息还包括所述网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,所述第一时间指示信息用于指示所述网络切片的可用时间,所述第一位置指示信息用于指示所述网络切片的可用位置区域;The session management function network element obtains network slice information. The network slice information includes the identification information of the network slice. The network slice information also includes the first time indication information and/or the first location of the network slice. Indication information, wherein the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice;
    在所述会话管理功能网元根据所述网络切片的信息确定终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求的情况下,所述会话管理功能网元确定所述终端设备建立的与所述网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话的释放,When the session management function network element determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice, the session management function network element determines that the terminal device establishes a connection with the network. Release of the protocol data unit session associated with the slice,
    其中,所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求是指所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间和/或所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域。Wherein, the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice. location area.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述通信方法还包括: The communication method according to claim 10, characterized in that the communication method further includes:
    所述会话管理功能网元向所述终端设备发送第一定时信息,所述第一定时信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前发起释放所述终端设备建立的与所述网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话的请求。The session management function network element sends first timing information to the terminal device. The first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to initiate release of the terminal device establishment before the time indicated by the first timing information times out. A request for a protocol data unit session associated with the network slice.
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述通信方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 10 or 11, characterized in that the communication method further includes:
    在所述会话管理功能网元根据所述网络切片的信息确定所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求的情况下,所述会话管理功能网元向所述终端设备发送拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值,When the session management function network element determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the information of the network slice, the session management function network element sends a rejection message to the terminal device. The reason value for the terminal device to access the network slice,
    其中,当所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求为所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间,拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值用于指示所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间;或者,当所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求为所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值用于指示所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域。Wherein, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used Indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location of the network slice. area, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  13. 根据权利要求10至12中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述通信方法还包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 10 to 12, characterized in that the communication method further includes:
    所述会话管理功能网元根据所述网络切片的信息确定所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求的情况下,所述会话管理功能网元确定第二定时信息,When the session management function network element determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the network slice information, the session management function network element determines the second timing information,
    其中,所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求是指所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间和/或所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域;Wherein, the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice. location area;
    在所述第二定时信息的时间超时时,所述会话管理功能网元释放所述终端设备建立的与所述网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话。When the time of the second timing information times out, the session management function network element releases the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device.
  14. 根据权利要求10至13中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述会话管理功能网元获取网络切片的信息,包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 10 to 13, characterized in that the session management function network element obtains network slice information, including:
    所述会话管理功能网元接收来自网络切片管理功能网元的所述网络切片的信息;或,The session management function network element receives the information of the network slice from the network slice management function network element; or,
    所述会话管理功能网元接收来自统一数据管理网元的所述网络切片的信息;或,The session management function network element receives the information of the network slice from the unified data management network element; or,
    所述会话管理功能网元接收来自网络切片选择功能网元的所述网络切片的信息。The session management function network element receives the information of the network slice from the network slice selection function network element.
  15. 一种网络切片的通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A network slicing communication method, characterized by including:
    接入网设备接收接入和移动管理功能网元发送的网络切片的信息,所述网络切片的信息包括所述网络切片的标识信息,所述网络切片的信息还包括所述网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,所述第一时间指示信息用于指示所述网络切片的可用时间,所述第一位置指示信息用于指示所述网络切片的可用位置区域;The access network device receives the network slice information sent by the access and mobility management function network element. The network slice information includes the identification information of the network slice. The network slice information also includes the first parameter of the network slice. Time indication information and/or first location indication information, wherein the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice ;
    在所述接入网设备根据所述网络切片的信息确定所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求的情况下,所述接入网设备确定释放所述终端设备建立的与所述网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,When the access network device determines that the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice based on the network slice information, the access network device determines to release the connection established with the terminal device and the network slice. The protocol data unit session associated with the network slice,
    其中,所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求是指所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间和/或所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域。Wherein, the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice means that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice and/or the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice. location area.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备确定释放所述终 端设备建立的与所述网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,包括:The communication method according to claim 15, characterized in that the access network device determines to release the terminal The protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the end device includes:
    所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送第一定时信息,所述第一定时信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前发起释放所述网络切片关联的协议数据单元会话的请求。The access network device sends first timing information to the terminal device, where the first timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to initiate a release of the network slice association before the time indicated by the first timing information times out. Request for protocol data unit session.
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备确定释放所述终端设备建立的与所述网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,包括:The communication method according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, including:
    所述接入网设备向所述终端设备发送拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值,The access network device sends a reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice to the terminal device,
    其中,当所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求为所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间,拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值用于指示所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间;或者,当所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求为所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值用于指示所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域。Wherein, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used Indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location of the network slice. area, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  18. 根据权利要求15至17中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备确定释放所述终端设备建立的与所述网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话,还包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 15 to 17, wherein the access network device determines to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device, and further includes:
    所述接入网设备在第二定时信息的时间超时时,所述接入网设备通知所述接入和移动管理功能网元所述网络切片在跟踪区不可用,所述跟踪区为所述接入网设备覆盖下的小区。When the time of the second timing information times out, the access network device notifies the access and mobility management function network element that the network slice is unavailable in the tracking area, and the tracking area is the Cells covered by access network equipment.
  19. 一种网络切片的通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A network slicing communication method, characterized by including:
    终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一定时信息,所述定时信息用于指示所述终端设备在所述定时信息指示的时间内释放所述终端设备建立的与网络切片相关联的协议数据单元会话;The terminal device receives the first timing information sent by the network device, the timing information is used to instruct the terminal device to release the protocol data unit session associated with the network slice established by the terminal device within the time indicated by the timing information;
    所述终端设备在所述第一定时信息指示的时间超时之前释放所述协议数据单元会话。The terminal device releases the protocol data unit session before the time indicated by the first timing information times out.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的通信方法,其特征在于,当所述网络设备为接入网设备时,所述终端设备通过广播消息或者单播消息接收所述第一定时信息。The communication method according to claim 19, characterized in that when the network device is an access network device, the terminal device receives the first timing information through a broadcast message or a unicast message.
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的通信方法,其特征在于,当所述网络设备为核心网设备时,所述终端设备通过所述终端设备的配置更新消息接收所述第一定时信息。The communication method according to claim 19, characterized in that when the network device is a core network device, the terminal device receives the first timing information through a configuration update message of the terminal device.
  22. 根据权利要求19至21中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 19 to 21, characterized in that the method further includes:
    所述终端设备接收网络设备发送的拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值,The terminal device receives the reason value sent by the network device for denying the terminal device access to the network slice,
    其中,当所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求为所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间,拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值用于指示所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述网络切片的可用时间;或者,当所述终端设备不符合接入所述网络切片的要求为所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域,拒绝所述终端设备接入所述网络切片的原因值用于指示所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述网络切片的可用位置区域。Wherein, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice because the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used Indicate that the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time of the network slice; or, when the terminal device does not meet the requirements for accessing the network slice, the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location of the network slice. area, the reason value for denying the terminal device access to the network slice is used to indicate that the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area of the network slice.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的通信方法,其特征在于,当所述网络设备为接入网设备时,所述终端设备通过广播消息或者单播消息接收所述原因值。The communication method according to claim 22, characterized in that when the network device is an access network device, the terminal device receives the cause value through a broadcast message or a unicast message.
  24. 根据权利要求22所述的通信方法,其特征在于,当所述网络设备为核心网设备时,所述终端设备通过所述终端设备的配置更新消息接收所述原因值。 The communication method according to claim 22, characterized in that when the network device is a core network device, the terminal device receives the cause value through a configuration update message of the terminal device.
  25. 根据权利要求19至24中任一项所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述通信方法还包括:The communication method according to any one of claims 19 to 24, characterized in that the communication method further includes:
    所述终端设备将所述网络切片的标识信息从本地存储的允许的网络切片选择辅助信息列表中删除。The terminal device deletes the identification information of the network slice from a locally stored list of allowed network slice selection auxiliary information.
  26. 一种网络切片的通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A network slicing communication method, characterized by including:
    终端设备接收接入和移动管理功能网元发送的本地数据网络信息,其中,所述本地数据网络信息包括本地数据网络的名称,所述本地数据网络信息还包括第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,所述第一时间指示信息用于指示所述本地数据网络的可用时间,所述第一位置指示信息用于指示所述本地数据网络的可用位置区域,所述第一位置指示信息指示的可用位置区域为小区粒度;The terminal device receives the local data network information sent by the access and mobility management function network element, where the local data network information includes the name of the local data network, and the local data network information also includes the first time indication information and/or the third time indication information. A location indication information, the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the local data network, the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the local data network, the first location indication The available location area indicated by the information is at cell granularity;
    所述终端设备根据所述本地数据网络信息,确定所述终端设备是否可以接入所述本地数据网络。The terminal device determines whether the terminal device can access the local data network based on the local data network information.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述本地数据网络信息,确定所述终端设备是否可以使用所述本地数据网络,包括:The communication method according to claim 26, wherein the terminal device determines whether the terminal device can use the local data network based on the local data network information, including:
    当所述终端设备的当前时间超出所述第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间时,所述终端设备不接入所述本地数据网络;或者,When the current time of the terminal device exceeds the available time indicated by the first time indication information, the terminal device does not access the local data network; or,
    当所述终端设备的当前位置超出所述第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域时,所述终端设备不接入所述本地数据网络。When the current location of the terminal device exceeds the available location area indicated by the first location indication information, the terminal device does not access the local data network.
  28. 一种网络切片的通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A network slicing communication method, characterized by including:
    策略控制功能网元获取网络切片的信息,其中,所述网络切片的信息包括所述网络切片的标识信息,所述网络切片的信息还包括所述网络切片的第一时间指示信息和/或第一位置指示信息,其中,所述第一时间指示信息用于指示所述网络切片的可用时间,所述第一位置指示信息用于指示所述网络切片的可用位置区域,The policy control function network element obtains network slice information, wherein the network slice information includes identification information of the network slice, and the network slice information also includes the first time indication information and/or the first time indication information of the network slice. a location indication information, wherein the first time indication information is used to indicate the available time of the network slice, and the first location indication information is used to indicate the available location area of the network slice,
    所述策略控制功能网元根据所述网络切片的信息生成用户路由选择策略信息;The policy control function network element generates user routing policy information based on the network slice information;
    所述策略控制功能网元通过接入和移动管理功能网元向终端设备发送所述用户路由选择策略信息。The policy control function network element sends the user routing policy information to the terminal device through the access and mobility management function network element.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述用户路由选择策略信息包括第一用户路由选择策略规则,所述第一用户路由选择策略规则包括所述网络切片的标识信息、所述网络切片服务的应用程序的标识信息,所述第一用户路由选择策略规则还包括所述网络切片对应的第一时间窗口和/或第一位置范围,所述第一时间窗口小于或者等于所述第一时间指示信息所指示的可用时间,所述第一位置范围小于或者等于所述第一位置指示信息所指示的可用位置区域。The communication method according to claim 28, wherein the user routing policy information includes first user routing policy rules, and the first user routing policy rules include identification information of the network slice, the The identification information of the application program of the network slicing service. The first user routing policy rule also includes the first time window and/or the first location range corresponding to the network slicing. The first time window is less than or equal to the The first time indicates the available time indicated by the information, and the first location range is less than or equal to the available location area indicated by the first location indication information.
  30. 根据权利要求28或29所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述策略控制功能网元获取网络切片的信息,包括:The communication method according to claim 28 or 29, characterized in that the policy control function network element obtains network slice information, including:
    所述策略控制功能网元接收来自网络切片管理功能网元的所述网络切片的信息;或,The policy control function network element receives the network slice information from the network slice management function network element; or,
    所述策略控制功能网元接收来自所述接入和移动管理功能网元的所述网络切片的信息;或,The policy control function network element receives information from the network slice of the access and mobility management function network element; or,
    所述策略控制功能网元接收来自统一数据存储库的所述网络切片的信息。The policy control function network element receives the information of the network slice from the unified data repository.
  31. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括: A communication device, characterized by including:
    至少一个处理器、存储器和收发器,所述存储器用于存储指令,所述收发器用于所述管理设备和其他设备通信,所述存储的指令被所述至少一个处理器直接或间接的执行,使得所述通信装置进行如权利要求1-9中任一项所述的通信方法的操作,或者10至14中任一项所述的通信方法的操作,或者28至30中任一项所述的通信方法的操作。At least one processor, memory and transceiver, the memory is used to store instructions, the transceiver is used to communicate between the management device and other devices, the stored instructions are directly or indirectly executed by the at least one processor, The communication device is caused to perform the operation of the communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, or the operation of the communication method according to any one of claims 10 to 14, or the operation of any one of claims 28 to 30. operation of the communication method.
  32. 一种接入网设备,其特征在于,包括:An access network device, characterized by including:
    至少一个处理器、存储器和收发器,所述存储器用于存储指令,所述收发器用于所述管理设备和其他设备通信,所述存储的指令被所述至少一个处理器直接或间接的执行,使得所述接入网设备进行如权利要求15至18中任一项所述的通信方法的操作。At least one processor, memory and transceiver, the memory is used to store instructions, the transceiver is used to communicate between the management device and other devices, the stored instructions are directly or indirectly executed by the at least one processor, The access network device is caused to perform the operation of the communication method according to any one of claims 15 to 18.
  33. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:A terminal device, characterized by including:
    至少一个处理器、存储器和收发器,所述存储器用于存储指令,所述收发器用于所述管理设备和其他设备通信,所述存储的指令被所述至少一个处理器直接或间接的执行,使得所述终端设备进行如权利要求19至25中任一项所述的通信方法的操作,或者26或27所述的通信方法的操作。At least one processor, memory and transceiver, the memory is used to store instructions, the transceiver is used to communicate between the management device and other devices, the stored instructions are directly or indirectly executed by the at least one processor, The terminal device is caused to perform the operation of the communication method described in any one of claims 19 to 25, or the operation of the communication method described in claim 26 or 27.
  34. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序被运行时,实现如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的通信方法,或者10至14中任一项所述的通信方法,或者15至18中任一项所述的通信方法,或者19至25中任一项所述的通信方法,或者26或27所述的通信方法,或者28至30中任一项所述的通信方法。 A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is run, the communication method as described in any one of claims 1 to 9 is implemented, Or the communication method described in any one of 10 to 14, or the communication method described in any one of 15 to 18, or the communication method described in any one of 19 to 25, or the communication described in 26 or 27 method, or the communication method described in any one of 28 to 30.
PCT/CN2023/080118 2022-05-06 2023-03-07 Network slicing-based communication method, communication apparatus, access network device, and terminal device WO2023213132A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210488329.1 2022-05-06
CN202210488329.1A CN117062179A (en) 2022-05-06 2022-05-06 Communication method, communication device, access network equipment and terminal equipment of network slice

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023213132A1 true WO2023213132A1 (en) 2023-11-09

Family

ID=88646203

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/080118 WO2023213132A1 (en) 2022-05-06 2023-03-07 Network slicing-based communication method, communication apparatus, access network device, and terminal device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117062179A (en)
WO (1) WO2023213132A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109286567A (en) * 2018-11-23 2019-01-29 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Acquisition methods, device and the equipment of routing strategy
US20190259092A1 (en) * 2018-02-16 2019-08-22 Netsia, Inc. System and method for a ran exchange
CN111885519A (en) * 2019-05-03 2020-11-03 三星电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for session configuration of terminal according to time or service area in wireless communication system
CN112189361A (en) * 2019-05-06 2021-01-05 联发科技股份有限公司 Enhanced URSP rule selection
WO2021069056A1 (en) * 2019-10-07 2021-04-15 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. A first network entity and a second network entity for enforcing network slice policy
WO2022008179A2 (en) * 2020-07-07 2022-01-13 Nokia Technologies Oy Operator control of user equipment behavior in registering and deregistering with network slices and establishing and releasing pdu sessions in a communication system

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190259092A1 (en) * 2018-02-16 2019-08-22 Netsia, Inc. System and method for a ran exchange
CN109286567A (en) * 2018-11-23 2019-01-29 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Acquisition methods, device and the equipment of routing strategy
CN111885519A (en) * 2019-05-03 2020-11-03 三星电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for session configuration of terminal according to time or service area in wireless communication system
CN112189361A (en) * 2019-05-06 2021-01-05 联发科技股份有限公司 Enhanced URSP rule selection
WO2021069056A1 (en) * 2019-10-07 2021-04-15 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. A first network entity and a second network entity for enforcing network slice policy
WO2022008179A2 (en) * 2020-07-07 2022-01-13 Nokia Technologies Oy Operator control of user equipment behavior in registering and deregistering with network slices and establishing and releasing pdu sessions in a communication system

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Domain descriptors in URSP", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-2000250, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Incheon, South Korea; 20200113 - 20200117, 7 January 2020 (2020-01-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051842338 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117062179A (en) 2023-11-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP2896264B1 (en) Initiation of inter-device communication in wireless communication systems
JP2022525167A (en) Dynamic network capacity configuration
WO2019196643A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
JP7324285B2 (en) Service authorization method, terminal equipment and network equipment
US20210007172A1 (en) Capability exposure method, related apparatus, and system
JP2023520274A (en) Wireless communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment
EP4354770A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting data
AU2021308253A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN113747605B (en) Communication method and communication device
US20220360969A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022253004A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022170798A1 (en) Strategy determining method and communication apparatus
WO2023213132A1 (en) Network slicing-based communication method, communication apparatus, access network device, and terminal device
WO2022155853A1 (en) Wireless communication method, communication apparatus and communication system
WO2021138784A1 (en) Network access method, apparatus and system
CN117793688A (en) New method for external parameter provisioning for AF sessions
WO2021088061A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN114642079B (en) Communication method and device
WO2023160199A1 (en) Method and apparatus for accessing communication network
WO2023197772A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
WO2023142717A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining user equipment route selection policy
WO2023185561A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022016338A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024001897A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023185572A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23799121

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1